Tsunami MP.11 Installation and Management Model 5012

Add to my manuals
155 Pages

advertisement

Tsunami MP.11 Installation and Management Model 5012 | Manualzz

Tsunami MP.11 Installation and Management

Model 5012-SUR

Version 4.0.0

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Copyright

©2007 Proxim Wireless Corporation, San Jose, CA. All rights reserved. Covered by one or more of the following U.S. patents: 5,231,634;

5,875,179; 6,006,090; 5,809,060; 6,075,812; 5,077,753. This manual and the software described herein are copyrighted with all rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form by any means without the written permission of Proxim Wireless Corporation.

Trademarks

Tsunami, Proxim, and the Proxim logo are trademarks of Proxim Wireless Corporation. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective owners.

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management Guide

P/N 73886 June 2007

2

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Contents

1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

About This Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Reference Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Wireless Network Topologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Point-to-Point Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Point-to-Multipoint Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

Management and Monitoring Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Web Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

SNMP Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

2 Installation and Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Hardware Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Power-over-Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Product Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16

Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Step 1: Choose a Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Step 2: Unpack Shipping Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Step 3: Attach Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Step 4: Mount Unit to Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

Step 5: View LEDs/Adjust Mounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Step 6: Close Cable Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Step 7: Tighten Band Clamps/Secure Ethernet Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Step 8: Install Documentation and Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

ScanTool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Setting the IP Address with ScanTool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Logging in to the Web Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

3 System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Basic Configuration Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Country and Related Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Transmit Power Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

SU Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

VLAN Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

Q-in-Q (VLAN Stacking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

VLAN Forwarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

3

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

VLAN Relaying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Management VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

BSU and SU in Transparent Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

BSU in Trunk Mode and SU in Trunk/Access Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

BSU in Mixed Mode and SU in Mixed, Access, or Trunk Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Quality of Service (QoS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

Concepts and Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41

4 Basic Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Rebooting and Resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Rebooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Resetting Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Soft Reset to Factory Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

General Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48

Monitoring Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Upgrading the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

5 System Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

System Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Systems Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54

Event Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

6 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

System Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Bridge and Routing Modes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Network Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

IP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Roaming. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

DHCP Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Spanning Tree (Bridge Mode Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

IP Routes (Routing Mode only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

DHCP Relay Agent (Routing Mode only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Interface Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70

Ethernet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

SNMP Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

4

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Trap Host Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Management Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Security Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

MAC Authentication (BSU Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Encryption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Ethernet Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82

Static MAC Address Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Storm Threshold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Broadcast Protocol Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

IP Access Table Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

RIP Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

RIP Notes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

NAT (Routing Mode Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

NAT Static Port Mapping Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Supported Session Protocols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92

7 Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

WORP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

ICMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Per Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Link Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101

IP ARP Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

IP Routes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Learn Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

RIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

8 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

Upload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Reboot the Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109

5

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Help Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Downgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111

9 Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

TFTP Server Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113

Web Interface Image File Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

Configuration Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115

Configuration Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116

Soft Reset to Factory Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117

Hard Reset to Factory Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Forced Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119

Image File Download with the Bootloader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Download with ScanTool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Download with CLI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120

Image File Download with ScanTool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122

10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Connectivity Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

5012-SUR Does Not Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Ethernet Link Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Cannot use the Web Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

Communication Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Two Units Are Unable to Communicate Wirelessly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

Setup and Configuration Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Lost Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

The 5012-SUR Responds Slowly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

TFTP Server Does Not Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Online Help Is Not Available . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

Changes Do Not Take Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125

VLAN Operation Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126

Link Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

General Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Statistics Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127

Analyzing the Spectrum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

A Country Codes and Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

Channels/Frequencies by Country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129

B Technical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Part Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

5012-SUR Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

6

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

18 dBi Integrated Antenna Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Radio and Transmission Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

Transmit Power Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Receive Sensitivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Maximum Throughput . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Software Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

Hardware Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Physical and Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

MTBF and Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

C Technical Services and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Obtaining Technical Services and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

Support Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Proxim eService Web Site Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Telephone Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

ServPak Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

D Statement of Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Warranty Coverage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Repair or Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Limitations of Warranty. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Support Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Search Knowledgebase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Ask a Question or Open an Issue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Other Adapter Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

7

Introduction

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

1

The Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR is a flexible wireless outdoor client that let you design solutions for point-to-point links and point-to-multipoint networks. It is the client or satellite side in a wireless link.

The 5012-SUR is part of the Tsunami MP.11 product family, which is comprised of several additional products, including:

• The 5054 Base Station (BSU) and the 5054 Subscriber Unit (SU) for indoor installation

• The 954-R, 2454-R, 4954-R, 5054-R, and 5054-R-LR Base Station and Subscriber Station Units for outdoor installation

• 5012-SUI and the 5054-SUI Subscriber Units for indoor installation

Some of the key features of the product family are:

• The use of a highly optimized protocol for outdoor applications

• Routing and bridging capability

• Asymmetric bandwidth management

• Management through a Web Interface, a Command Line Interface (CLI), or Simple Network Management Protocol

(SNMP)

• Software and configuration upgrade through file transfer (TFTP)

• VLAN support (configured on the Base Station)

About This Book

Before installing and using the 5012-SUR, Proxim recommends you review the following chapters of this manual:

Chapter 1 “Introduction” (this chapter): Provides an overview of the content of this manual as well as wireless network topologies and combinations that can be built with the unit.

Chapter 2 “Installation and Initialization”: Provides detailed installation instructions and explains how to access the unit for configuration and maintenance.

Chapter 3 “System Overview”: Provides a high-level overview of system features.

Chapter 4 “Basic Management”: Explains how to navigate the user interface, and discusses the most common settings used to manage the unit.

Chapter 5 “System Status”: Depicts the Web Interface’s “Status” options, including System Status and Event Logs.

Chapter 6 “Configuration”: Depicts the Web Interface’s “Configure” options in a hierarchical manner, so you can easily find details about each item.

Chapter 7 “Monitoring”: Depicts the Web Interface’s “Monitor” options in a hierarchical manner, so you can easily find details about each item

Chapter 8 “Commands”: Depicts the Web Interface’s “Commands” options in a hierarchical manner, so you can easily find details about each item

Chapter 9 “Procedures”: Provides a set of procedures, including TFTP Server Setup, Configuration Backup,

Restore, and Download, Forced Reload, and Reset to Factory Defaults.

Chapter 10 “Troubleshooting”: Helps you to isolate and solve problems with your radio unit.

The appendixes contain supplementary information you may not need immediately, including Country Code Tables and

Technical Support information.

NOTE: If you are already familiar with this type of product, you can use the Quick Install Guide to install the unit.

8

Introduction

Reference Manual

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Reference Manual

As a companion to the Installation and Management manual, the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual provides the following supplemental information:

Command Line Interface: Documents the text-based configuration utility’s keyboard commands and parameters.

Event Log Error Messages: Documents the error messages that you may see in your Event Log.

Alarm Traps: Documents the alarm traps that can be set.

Microsoft Windows IAS Radius Server Configuration: Provides information to assist you in setting up the IAS

Radius Server.

Addition of Units to a Routed Network: Describes how to add more units to your routed network.

Glossary: Describes terms used in the Tsunami MP.11 documentation and in the wireless industry.

9

Introduction

Wireless Network Topologies

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Wireless Network Topologies

The unit can be used in various network topologies and combinations. The required equipment depends upon the wireless network topology you want to build. Make sure all required equipment is available before installing the unit.

You can set up the following types of topologies:

• Point-to-Point Link

• Point-to-Multipoint Network

Each unit is set up as either a Base Station Unit (BSU) or a Subscriber Unit (SU). A link between two locations always consists of a BSU and an SU. A BSU can, depending upon its configuration, connect to one or more SUs. An SU, however, can connect only to one BSU at a time. The 5012-SUR can be configured only as an SU.

Point-to-Point Link

With a BSU and an SU, it is easy to set up a wireless point-to-point link as depicted in the following figure.

A point-to-point link lets you set up a connection between two locations as an alternative to:

• Leased lines in building-to-building connections

• Wired Ethernet backbones between wireless access points in difficult-to-wire environments

Point-to-Multipoint Network

If you want to connect more than two buildings, you can set up a single point-to-multipoint network with a single BSU and multiple SUs, as depicted in the following figure.

10

Introduction

Wireless Network Topologies

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Up to 250 SUs can be connected to a BSU. If a BSU already has 250 SU, a new SU cannot be connected to the BSU. In this figure, the system is designed as follows:

• The central building B is equipped with a BSU, connected to either an omni-directional, or a wide angle antenna.

• The two other buildings A and C are both equipped with an SU connected to a directional antenna.

11

Introduction

Management and Monitoring Capabilities

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Management and Monitoring Capabilities

There are several management and monitoring interfaces available to the network administrator to configure and manage the unit:

Web Interface

Command Line Interface

SNMP Management

Web Interface

The Web interface (HTTP) provides easy access to configuration settings and network statistics from any computer on the network. You can access the Web interface over your network, over the Internet, or with a crossover Ethernet cable connected directly to your computer’s Ethernet port. See

Logging in to the Web Interface .

Command Line Interface

The Command Line Interface (CLI) is a text-based configuration utility that supports a set of keyboard commands and parameters to configure and manage the unit. You enter command statements, composed of CLI commands and their associated parameters. You can issue commands from the keyboard for real-time control or from scripts that automate configuration. See the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for more information about the Command Line Interface.

SNMP Management

In addition to the Web interface and the CLI, you also can manage and configure your unit using the Simple Network

Management Protocol (SNMP). Note that this requires an SNMP manager program (sometimes called MIB browser) or a

Network Manager program using SNMP, such as HP OpenView or Castelrock’s SNMPc. The units support several

Management Information Base (MIB) files that describe the parameters that can be viewed and configured using SNMP:

• mib802.mib

• orinoco.mib

• rfc1213.mib

• rfc1493.mib

• rfc1643.mib

Proxim provides these MIB files on the CD included with your unit. You must compile one or more of these MIB files into your SNMP program’s database before you can manage your unit using SNMP. See the documentation that came with your SNMP manager for instructions about how to compile MIBs.

NOTE: When you update the software in the unit, you must also update the MIBs to the same release. Because the parameters in the MIB may have changed, you will not otherwise have full control over the features in the new release.

The enterprise MIB (orinoco.mib) defines the read and read/write objects you can view or configure using SNMP. These objects correspond to most of the settings and statistics that are available with the other management interfaces. See the enterprise MIB for more information; the MIB can be opened with any text editor, such as Microsoft Word, Notepad, and

WordPad. See

SNMP Parameters .

IMPORTANT!

Using a serial connection, you can access the CLI of the unit through a terminal emulation program such as

HyperTerminal. (See “HyperTerminal Connection Properties” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual.)

For all other modes of connection, you will need the IP address of the unit in order to use the Web Interface,

SNMP, or the CLI via telnet. See Setting the IP Address with ScanTool

for more information.

12

Introduction

Management and Monitoring Capabilities

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

IMPORTANT!

The remainder of this User Guide discusses installing the unit and managing it using the Web interface only.

For information on managing the unit via the CLI, see the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual.

13

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Installation and Initialization

2

This chapter describes the steps required to install and mount the 5012-SUR. If you are already familiar with this type of product, you can use the Quick Install Guide for streamlined installation procedures.

See the following sections:

Hardware Overview

Product Package

Installation Procedure

Step 1: Choose a Location

Step 2: Unpack Shipping Box

Step 3: Attach Cables

Step 4: Mount Unit to Pole

Step 5: View LEDs/Adjust Mounting

Step 6: Close Cable Compartment

Step 7: Tighten Band Clamps/Secure Ethernet Cable

Step 8: Install Documentation and Software

Initialization

ScanTool

Setting the IP Address with ScanTool

Logging in to the Web Interface

Hardware Overview

The 5012-SUR is an full-featured outdoor Subscriber Unit (SU) that contains an integrated, vertically polarized 18 dBi antenna and is fully compatible with Tsunami MP.11 Model 5054, 5054-R, and 5054-R-LR Base Station Units (BSUs).

The unit is designed be mounted to a 1” - 1.5” diameter pole (not included). An optional universal pole mounting kit is also available from Proxim (P/N 1087-UMK); this kit is designed to mount directly to a flat surface such as a roof, wall, or under an eave.

The 5012-SUR is powered through Power-over-Ethernet via an 802.3af-compliant PoE injector such as the Proxim 1-

Port Power Injector (see Power-over-Ethernet ), and is equipped with the following connectors, indicators, and controls:

• Ethernet port

• RS-232 serial port

• LEDs: Ethernet, wireless, power

• Reset button: Reboots the hardware and software

• Reload button: Resets the unit to factory defaults

14

Installation and Initialization

Hardware Overview

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Power LED

Wireless LED

Ethernet LED

Reload button

Ethernet port Serial port Reset button

Power-over-Ethernet

The 5012-SUR is equipped with a Power-over-Ethernet (PoE) module so it can also be powered through a PoE injector such as the Proxim 1-Port Active Ethernet DC Injector (ordered separately; P/N 4301-US/-AU/-EU/-UK). Using PoE, you can provide electricity and wired connectivity to the unit over a single Category 5 cable.

• The PoE integrated module receives –48 VDC over a standard Cat5 Ethernet cable.

• Maximum power supplied to the 5012-SUR is 11 Watts. The units typically draw less than 9 Watts.

• You must have a PoE injector connected to the network to use PoE. The injector is not a repeater and does not amplify the Ethernet data signal.

• If connected to a PoE DC Injector and an AC power supply simultaneously, the radio draws power from PoE.

• The cable length between the PoE DC Injector and the radio should not exceed 100 meters (approximately 325 feet).

15

Installation and Initialization

Product Package

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Product Package

Each 5012-SUR shipment includes the items in the following table. Verify that you have received all parts of the shipment.

NOTE: Cables are not included with the unit.

5012-SUR Unit

Band Clamps (2)

Installation CD and Quick Installation

Guide

16

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Installation Procedure

This section describes the steps required to install and mount the 5012-SUR. If you are already familiar with this type of product, you can use the Quick Install Guide for streamlined installation procedures.

IMPORTANT:

Before installing and using this product, see Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on the product CD.

IMPORTANT:

All units must be installed by a suitably trained professional installation technician or by a qualified installation service.

NOTES:

The Configure System window provides a selectable Country field that automatically provides the allowed

bandwidth and frequencies for the selected country as well as, where applicable, Dynamic Frequency Selection

(DFS) and Transmit Power Control (TPC).

Be sure to read the Release Notes file on the product CD as it contains software version and driver information

that may not have been available when this document was produced.

Equipment is to be used with and powered by an 802.3af-compliant power injector (purchased separately).

See the following steps:

Step 1: Choose a Location

Step 2: Unpack Shipping Box

Step 3: Attach Cables

Step 4: Mount Unit to Pole

Step 5: View LEDs/Adjust Mounting

Step 6: Close Cable Compartment

Step 7: Tighten Band Clamps/Secure Ethernet Cable

Step 8: Install Documentation and Software

17

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Step 1: Choose a Location

To make optimal use of the unit, you must find a suitable location for the hardware. The range of the unit largely depends upon the position of the integrated antenna. Proxim recommends you do a site survey, observing the following requirements, before mounting the hardware.

• The location must allow easy disconnection of the unit from the power outlet if necessary.

• The unit must not be covered and the air must be able to flow freely around the unit.

• The unit must be kept away from vibration, excessive heat, and humidity, and kept free from dust buildup.

• The installation must conform to local regulations at all times.

The units are designed to mount directly to a 1” - 1.5” pole (not included) using the supplied band clamps. An optional universal pole mounting kit is also available from Proxim (P/N 1087-UMK); this kit is designed to mount directly to a flat surface such as a roof, wall, or under an eave.

As the units are electrically isolated from the mounting pole, there is no need to ground the unit.

CAUTION: Local regulations may require the use of a lightning arrestor at the building ingress point. Be sure to comply with this and all local regulations. You can purchase the Proxim Lightning Protector MP.11/QB.11 (70251); see the documentation that comes with the Lightning Protector for more information and installation instructions.

Step 2: Unpack Shipping Box

1. Unpack the unit and accessories from the shipping box.

2. Note the Ethernet and MAC addresses of the unit, as well as the serial number; these addresses may be used when configuring the unit.

NOTE: The serial number is required to obtain support from Proxim. Keep this information in a safe place.

18

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Step 3: Attach Cables

NOTE: Depending on your application and location, you may find it easier to mount the unit before you attach cables to

it. If this is the case, remove the cable cover (as explained in step 1 below), and then complete

Step 4: Mount

Unit to Pole

. Return to this step for cabling instructions.

3. With the laying unit face down, depress both buttons on the back of the 5012-SUR unit, and pull the plastic cover downward to open. Remove cover.

4. Connect one end of an Ethernet cable (5.5 mm/.217 in OD maximum; not supplied) to the unit’s LAN port.

5. Route the Ethernet cable as shown below.

6. Connect the other end of the Ethernet cable to the Data and Power Out port of the DC Injector.

NOTE: You must use an 802.3af-compliant power injector, such as the Proxim 1-Port Power Injector (P/N 4301-xx).

7. Connect one end of a second Ethernet cable (not supplied) to the Data In port of the DC Injector and the other end to a switch, hub, patch panel, or single computer:

• Use a straight-through Ethernet cable if you are connecting the unit to a switch, hub, or patch panel.

• Use a cross-over Ethernet cable or adapter if you are connecting the unit to a single computer or most router ports.

19

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Step 4: Mount Unit to Pole

Mount the 5012-SUR to a pole as follows:

1. Using a screwdriver, turn the screw on the band clamp counter-clockwise until the clamp opens.

Turn counter-clockwise

2. Place the back of the 5012-SUR against the pole such that the pole fits into the curved portion of the unit.

3. With the 5012-SUR aimed in the direction of the BSU, slide the flat end of the band clamp around the pole and through the top opening in the 5012-SUR unit, threading the flat end of the band clamp into the metal catch at the other end.

4. Using a 5/16” nutdriver or a screwdriver, turn the screw on the band clamp clockwise until it is tight enough to hold the unit in place

NOTE: Do not fully tighten band clamps; you must first ensure a functional link to the BSU (

Step 5: View LEDs/Adjust

Mounting

).

Turn clockwise

5. Repeat procedure to attach other band clamp through bottom opening in the 5012-SUR unit.

NOTE: Do not fully tighten band clamps; you must first ensure a functional link to the BSU (

Step 5: View LEDs/Adjust

Mounting

).

The mounted unit, using the optional Proxim universal pole mounting kit (P/N 1087-UMK), is shown below.

20

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Step 5: View LEDs/Adjust Mounting

LEDs are located in the cable compartment.

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Power Wireless Ethernet

The following table shows the status of the LEDs when the unit is operational. Note that LED color varies by hardware variant, and the behavior of the Power LED varies by product SKU.

Starting up

Status

N/A

Ethernet Link

Radio scanning

WORP link is up

No WORP link

WORP linked, no traffic on interface

WORP linked, normal operation; passing traffic

System failure

Bootloader mode

Off: No Ethernet

Solid amber: 10 Mbps

Solid green or yellow: 100 Mbps

Off: No Ethernet

Solid amber: 10 Mbps

Solid green or yellow: 100 Mbps

Off: No Ethernet

Solid amber: 10 Mbps

Solid green or yellow: 100 Mbps

Off: No Ethernet

Solid amber: 10 Mbps

Solid green or yellow: 100 Mbps

Off: No Ethernet

Blinking amber: 10 Mbps

Blinking green or yellow: 100

Mbps

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Wireless Link

Blinking green or yellow

N/A

Blinking green or yellow

Blinking green or yellow

Power

Three red blinks followed by temporary solid amber

US: Blinking amber/green or amber/ yellow

EU/WD: Blinking green or yellow

US: Solid green or yellow

EU/WD: Solid green or yellow

US: Blinking amber/green or amber/ yellow

EU/WD: Blinking green or yellow

US: Solid green or yellow

EU/WD: Solid green or yellow

US: Solid green or yellow

EU/WD: Solid green or yellow

N/A

N/A

Solid red

Permanent solid amber

NOTE:

“Blinking amber/green” indicates that the LED alternates between amber and green blinks.

“Blinking amber/yellow” indicates that the LED alternates between amber and yellow blinks.

“Solid green or yellow” indicates that the LED displays either solid green or solid yellow, depending on the

hardware variant.

“Blinking green or yellow” indicates that the LED blinks either green or yellow, depending on the hardware

variant.

If a wireless link is not established with the BSU, adjust the direction of the unit so that the integrated antenna is more precisely aimed toward the BSU. When the Power LED is solid green or solid yellow, the link is correctly established.

21

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Step 6: Close Cable Compartment

1. Ensure that the Ethernet cable is properly routed and exiting the unit through the notch at the bottom of the cable compartment.

2. Position the cable cover so that the notch in the cover fits over the Ethernet cable (not pictured) and the large tabs on the cover are aligned below the holes in the unit.

Hole

Tab

Hole

Tab

3. Align the small tabs in the bottom cover with the holes in the unit.

Hole

Hole

Tab Tab

4. Slide cover upward until all tabs (large and small) on the cover snap into their respective holes on the enclosure.

The final assembly is shown below.

22

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Step 7: Tighten Band Clamps/Secure Ethernet Cable

1. Using a 5/16” nutdriver or a screwdriver, fully tighten both band clamps (maximum torque 50 kg-cm/3.6 lbf-ft).

2. Secure Ethernet cable to the pole with cable ties. Provide some slack between the unit and the first cable tie, which should be within 12 inches of the unit. Continue to secure cable with cable ties at 3-foot intervals.

The final assembly, using the optional Proxim universal pole mounting kit (P/N 1087-UMK), is shown below.

Torque 50 kg-cm (3.6 lb-ft) maximum

Cable tie

23

Installation and Initialization

Installation Procedure

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Step 8: Install Documentation and Software

To install the documentation and software on a computer or network:

1. Place the CD in a CD-ROM drive. The installer normally starts automatically. (If the installation program does not start automatically, click setup.exe on the installation CD.)

2. Click the Install Software and Documentation button and follow the instructions displayed on the installer windows.

The following documentation and software products are installed:

– Available from Start > All Programs > Tsunami > MP.11 5012-SUR:

• Documentation (in Docs subdirectory):

– Installation and Management Guide

– Quick Installation Guide

– Reference Manual

– Safety and Regulatory Guide

– Release Notes

• MP.11 5012-SUR Online Help

• Scan Tool (in Scan Tool subdirectory)

• TFTP Server (in TFTP Server subdirectory)

NOTE: All of these items are also available from C:\Program Files\Tsunami\MP.11 5012-SUR.

– Available from C:\Program Files\Tsunami\MP.11 5012-SUR:

• Scan Tool program

• Documentation (in Docs folder): See list above

• Help files (in Help folder; click on index.htm to access)

Extras folder containing TFTP Server and Scan Tool program

• MIBs (in MIBs folder)

24

Installation and Initialization

Initialization

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Initialization

Connecting to the unit requires either:

• A direct physical connection with an Ethernet cable or with a serial RS-232 cable

• A network connection

Connecting with the Ethernet cable allows you to use of the Web Interface and SNMP in addition to the CLI. Connecting with a serial connection allows you to configure and manage the unit with the CLI.

Using a serial connection, you can access the unit through a terminal emulation program such as HyperTerminal. (See

“HyperTerminal Connection Properties” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual.)

For all other modes of connection, you will need the IP address of the unit in order to use the Web Interface, SNMP, or the

CLI. Because each network is different, an IP address suitable for your network must be assigned to the unit. You must know this IP address to configure and manage the unit through its Web Interface, SNMP, or the CLI. The unit can use either a static or dynamic IP address. The unit either obtains its IP address automatically through DHCP (dynamic IP address) or it must be set manually (static IP address).

ScanTool

With ScanTool (a software utility that is included on the product installation CD), you can find out the current IP address of the unit and, if necessary, change it so that is appropriate for your network. The units are shipped with the static IP address 10.0.0.1 configured.

ScanTool lets you find the IP address of a Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR by referencing the MAC address in a Scan List, or to assign an IP address if the correct one has not been assigned. The tool automatically detects the units installed on your network segment, regardless of IP address, and lets you configure each unit’s IP settings. In addition, you can use

ScanTool to download new software to a unit that does not have a valid software image installed.

Setting the IP Address with ScanTool

To discover and set/change the IP address of the unit:

1. Run ScanTool on a computer connected to the same LAN subnet as the unit, or a computer directly connected to the unit with a cross-over Ethernet cable. Double-click the ScanTool icon on the Windows desktop to launch the program.

If the icon is not on your desktop, click Start > All Programs > Tsunami > MP.11 5012-SUR > Scan Tool.

ScanTool scans the subnet for 5012-SUR units and displays a list of the units it finds in the Scan List window (shown below). If necessary, click Rescan to re-scan the subnet and update the display.

You can assign a new IP address to one unit, even if more than one unit has the same (default) IP address 10.0.0.1, but the new IP address must be unique to allow use of the management interfaces.

2. Select the unit for which you want to set the IP address and click Change. The Change dialog window is displayed, as shown below.

25

Installation and Initialization

Initialization

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

3. To set the IP address manually, ensure that Static is selected as the IP Address Type and fill in the IP Address and

Subnet Mask suitable for the LAN subnet to which the unit is connected.

To set the IP address dynamically, ensure that Dynamic is selected as the IP Address Type. The unit will request its

IP address from a DHCP server on your network.

4. Enter the Read/Write Password (the default value is public) and click OK to confirm your changes. The respective unit reboots to make the changes effective.

26

Installation and Initialization

Logging in to the Web Interface

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Logging in to the Web Interface

The Web Interface provides a graphical user interface through which you can easily configure and manage the unit. This section describes only how to access the Web Interface.

To use the Web Interface, you need only the IP address of the unit. (See Setting the IP Address with ScanTool

for details).

NOTE: If the connection is slow or you are not able to connect, use the Internet Explorer Tools option to ensure you are not using a proxy server for the connection with your Web browser.

To access the unit with a Web browser, start your Web browser and enter the IP address of the unit. The Web address must appear as http://<ip address> (for example, http://10.0.0.1). A window such as the following is displayed.

Do not fill in the User Name, enter only the password and click OK. The default password is public.

The Status window is displayed. You now have access to the unit’s Web Interface. To find out more about the information

presented in this window, see System Status

.

27

System Overview

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

3

This chapter provides an overview of the system. See the following sections:

Basic Configuration Information

Country and Related Settings

Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS)

Transmit Power Control

SU Registration

Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS)

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

VLAN Modes

VLAN Forwarding

VLAN Relaying

Management VLAN

BSU and SU in Transparent Mode

BSU in Trunk Mode and SU in Trunk/Access Mode

Quality of Service (QoS)

Concepts and Definitions

Basic Configuration Information

To view or change basic system information, click the Configure button on the left side of the Web interface window,

then click the System tab. See System Parameters for detailed information about the fields and selections in this

window.

NOTE: System Name by default contains the actual model number. The following screenshot is for information only.

28

System Overview

Basic Configuration Information

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country and Related Settings

The unit’s Configure System window provides a selectable Country field that automatically provides the allowed bandwidth and frequencies for the selected country.

Units sold only in the United States are pre-configured to scan and display only the outdoor frequencies permitted by the

FCC. No other Country can be configured. Units sold outside of the United States support the selection of a Country by the professional installer.

NOTE: Non-US installers should not add an antenna system until the Country is selected, the unit is rebooted, and the proper power level is configured. The output power level of the final channel selected by DFS scan can be found in the Event Log.

The Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) feature is enabled automatically when you choose a country and band that require it. The Transmit Power Control (TPC) feature is always available.

Click the Configure > System; then select the appropriate country for your regulatory domain from the Country dropdown box.

Continue configuring settings as desired; then click Commands> Reboot tab to save and activate the settings.

Alternatively, if you want to save the configuration settings to the flash memory but not activate the settings, use the save

config CLI command.

Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS)

The Tsunami 5012-SUR supports Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) for FCC, IC, and ETSI regulatory domains per

FCC Part 15 Rules for U-NII devices, IC RSS-210, and ETSI EN 301-893 and 302-502 regulations, respectively. These rules and regulations require that 802.11a devices use DFS to prevent interference with radar systems and other devices that already occupy the 5 GHz band.

During boot-up, the unit scans the available frequency and selects the best channel. If the unit subsequently detects interference on its channel, it rescans to find a better channel. Upon finding a new channel, the unit is required to wait 60 seconds to ensure that the channel is not busy or occupied by radar, and then commences normal operation. (In Canada, if the channel was previously blacklisted, the unit scans for 600 seconds before commencing normal operation if the selected channel frequency is in the 5600 - 5650 MHz range).

If you are using the unit in a country and band that require DFS, keep in mind the following:

• DFS is not a configurable parameter; it is always enabled and cannot be disabled.

• You cannot manually select the device’s operating channel; you must let the unit select the channel. You may make channels unavailable by manually “blacklisting” them and preventing those channels being selected, in accordance with local regulations or interference. You can also display the Channel Blacklist Table to view the channels that have been blacklisted.

• In compliance with FCC regulations, the unit uses ATPC (Automatic Transmit Power Control) to automatically adapt transmit power when the quality of the link is more than sufficient to maintain a good communication with reduced

transmit power. See Transmit Power Control

for more information.

Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) is enabled automatically based upon the country and band you select. You can tell

DFS is in use because the Frequency Channel field on the Interfaces page displays only the DFS-selected frequency.

DFS scans all available frequencies, starting with the DFS preferred channel (when configured) and skipping blacklisted channels, to select the operating frequency automatically.

A country/band selection with DFS enabled causes the Base Station to come up in scan mode. It scans the available frequencies and channels to avoid radar and selects a channel with the least interference.

NOTE: Scanning is performed only on the frequencies allowed in the regulatory domain of the country/band selected when it is required for radar detection and avoidance.

29

System Overview

Basic Configuration Information

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

The SU also comes up in scan mode to scan all available frequencies to find a BSU with which it can register. Scanning may take several minutes. After establishing a wireless link, the wireless LED stops flashing and continues to shine green.

NOTE: Because DFS may need to scan for radar on multiple channels, you must allow a sufficient amount of time for the units to start up. This is considerably longer than when the unit is not using DFS. This is expected behavior.

Startup time is within four minutes if no radar is detected, but up to one minute is added for every selected channel that results in radar detection.

DFS is required for three purposes:

1. Radar avoidance both at startup and while operational. To meet these requirements, the BSU scans available frequencies at startup. If a DFS-enabled channel is busy or occupied with radar, the system will blacklist the channel for a period of 30 minutes in accordance with FCC, IC, and ETSI regulations. Once fully operational on a frequency, the BSU actively monitors the occupied frequency. If interference is detected, the BSU blacklists the channel, logs a message and rescans to find a new frequency that is not busy and is free of radar interference.

Radar detection is performed only by the BSU and not by the SU. When an SU is set to a country/band in which DFS is used, it scans all available channels upon startup looking for a BSU that best matches its connection criteria (such as Base Station System Name, Network Name, and Shared Secret). The SU connects to the BSU automatically on whatever frequency the BSU has selected. Because of this procedure, it is best to set up the BSU and have it fully operational before installing the SU, although this is not required. If a BSU rescans because of radar interference, the

SU loses its wireless link. The SU waits 30 seconds (when the Mobility feature is enabled, the SU starts scanning for a BSU instantly rather than waiting 30 seconds); if it finds that it could not receive the BSU in this amount of time, it rescans the available frequencies for an available BSU.

2. Guarantee the efficient use of available frequencies by all devices in a certain area. To meet this requirement, the

BSU scans each available frequency upon startup and selects a frequency based upon the least amount of noise and interference detected. This lets multiple devices operate in the same area with limited interference. This procedure is done only at startup; if another UNII device comes up on the same frequency, the BSU does not detect this or rescan because of it. It is expected that other devices using these frequencies also are in compliance with country/band regulations, so this should not happen.

3. Uniform Channel Spreading. To meet this requirement, the MP.11-R randomly selects operating channel from the available channels with least interference. If the DFS Preferred Channel is configured, the unit begins by scanning that channel. If no interference is detected, the unit makes this channel operational. If the channel is busy or occupied by radar, the unit blacklists that channel and scans other available channels for the one with least interference. This implements the Uniform Channel Spreading requirement by either automatically selecting the channel with least interference or allowing the installer to manually select a channel with least interference from a channel plan.

Transmit Power Control

Transmit Power Control is a manual configuration selection to reduce the unit’s output power. The maximum output power level for the operating frequency can be found in the event log of the unit’s embedded software.

ATPC (Automatic Transmit Power Control) is a feature to automatically adapt transmit power when the quality of the link is more than sufficient to maintain a good communication with reduced transmit power. This feature is required for FCC

DFS. It works by monitoring the quality of the link and reducing the output power of the radio by up to 6 dB when good link quality can still be achieved. When link quality reduces, the output power is automatically increased up to the original

power level to maintain a good link. For a full discussion of DFS, see Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) above.

By default, the unit lets you transmit at the maximum output power that the radio can sustain for data rate and frequency selected. However, with Transmit Power Control (TPC), you can adjust the output power of the unit to a lower level in order to reduce interference to neighboring devices or to use a higher gain antenna without violating the maximum radiated output power allowed for your country/band. Also, some countries that require DFS also require the transmit power to be set to a 6 dB lower value than the maximum allowed EIRP when link quality permits, as part of the DFS requirements.

30

System Overview

Basic Configuration Information

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

NOTE: When the system is set to transmit at the maximum power, professional installers must ensure that the maximum

EIRP limit is not exceeded. To achieve this, they may have to add attenuation between the device and the antenna when a high gain antenna is used.

NOTE: You can see your unit’s current output power for the selected frequency in the event log. The event log shows the selected power for all data rates, so you must look up the relevant data rate to determine the actual power level.

NOTE: This feature only lets you decrease your output power; you cannot increase your output power beyond the maximum the radio allows for your frequency and data rate.

See System Parameters to configure Country. See

Interface Parameters

to configure Transmit Power Control.

31

System Overview

SU Registration

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

SU Registration

The list of parameters you must configure for registration of the SU on a BSU are:

• Network Name

• Base Station System Name (when used; otherwise, leave blank)

• Network Secret

• Encryption (when used)

• Frequency Channel (when available)

See System Parameters to see the description of these fields and to configure them.

NOTES:

The frequency channel must be the same for the BSU and the SU in order to register the SU when roaming is

not enabled and DFS is not required.

Channel Bandwidth and Turbo mode (when available) must be the same for the BSU and SU in order to register

the SU.

Roaming will automatically select a channel on the SU corresponding to the BSU channel. Roaming is the

procedure in which an SU terminates the session with the current BSU and starts the registration procedure with another BSU when it finds the quality of the other BSU to be better.

32

System Overview

Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS)

NOTE: DDRS is configured on the BSU. See the Tsunami MP.11-R Installation and Management Guide for more

information.

The WORP Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) lets the BSU and SUs monitor the remote average signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and the number of retransmissions between the BSU and SUs and adjust the transmission data rate to an optimal value to provide the best possible throughput according to the current communication conditions and link quality.

With DDRS enabled, a BSU can maintain different transmission data rates to different SUs, optimizing the data rate based on the link quality of each SU independently.

Both the BSU and the SUs monitor the remote SNR and number of retransmissions. The BSU monitors these values for each SU that is registered. An SU monitors these values for the BSU. When necessary, based on this information, the data rate is dynamically adjusted.

Note that DDRS is enabled or disabled on the BSU only. This operation requires the BSU to be rebooted. After rebooting, the BSU sends a multicast announcement to all SUs to begin the registration process. During registration, an SU is informed by the BSU whether DDRS is enabled or disabled and it sets its DDRS status accordingly.

33

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

NOTE: VLANs are configured on the Base Station Unit. See the Tsunami MP.11-R Installation and Management Guide

for more information.

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) are logical groupings of network hosts. Defined by software settings, other VLAN members or resources appear (to connected hosts) to be on the same physical segment, no matter where they are attached on the logical LAN or WAN segment. They simplify allowing traffic to flow between hosts and their frequentlyused or restricted resources according to the VLAN configuration.

5012-SUR units are fully VLAN-ready; however, by default, VLAN support is disabled. Before enabling VLAN support, certain network settings should be configured and network resources such as VLAN-aware switches should be available, dependent upon the type of configuration.

VLANs are used to conveniently, efficiently, and easily manage your network in the following ways:

• Manage VLAN configuration from a single window

• Define groups

• Reduce broadcast and multicast traffic to unnecessary destinations

• Improve network performance and reduce latency

• Increase security

• Secure network restricts members to resources on their own VLAN

VLAN tagged data is collected and distributed through a unit’s Ethernet interface. The units can communicate across a

VLAN-capable switch that analyzes VLAN-tagged packet headers and directs traffic to the appropriate ports when the units are working in their Transparent mode.

VLAN features can be managed via:

• The BSU’s Web interface

• The Command Line Interface (see “Command Line Interface” in the Reference Manual)

• SNMP (see the MIBs provided on the product CD)

VLAN Modes

Transparent Mode

Transparent mode is available on both the SU and the BSU. This mode is equivalent to NO VLAN support and is the default mode. It is used when the devices behind the SU and BSU are both VLAN aware and unaware. The SU/BSU transfers both tagged and untagged frames received on the Ethernet or WORP interface. Both tagged and untagged management frames can access the device.

Trunk Mode

Trunk mode is available on both the SU and the BSU. It is used when all devices behind the SU and BSU are VLAN aware. The SU and BSU transfer only tagged frames received on the Ethernet or WORP interface. Both tagged and untagged management frames can access the device.

Access Mode

Access mode is available only on the SU. It is used when the devices behind the SU are VLAN unaware. Frames to and from the Ethernet interface behind the SU map into only one VLAN segment.

Frames received on the Ethernet interface are tagged with the configured Access VLAN ID before forwarding them to the

WORP interface. Both tagged and untagged management frames can access the device from the WORP interface.

However, only untagged management frames can access the device from the Ethernet Interface.

34

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Mixed Mode

Mixed mode is available on both the SU and the BSU. It is used when the devices behind the SU send both tagged and untagged data. Frames to and from the Ethernet interface behind the SU can be tagged or untagged.

Tagged frames received on the Ethernet interface are compared against the SU’s trunk table, and only packets whose

VLAN ID matches the trunk table are forwarded. All other packets are dropped. Untagged traffic is forwarded without any restrictions. If the BSU is in Mixed mode, the SU can be in Trunk, Access, or Mixed mode.

Q-in-Q (VLAN Stacking)

The Q-in-Q mechanism allows Service Providers to maintain customer-assigned VLANs while avoiding interference with the Service Providers’ VLANs. Using the Q-in-Q mechanism, an Outer VLAN ID and Priority are added to VLAN tagged packets on top of the existing VLAN ID, such that interference is avoided and traffic is properly routed.

VLAN Forwarding

The VLAN Trunk mode provides a means to configure a list of VLAN IDs in a Trunk VLAN Table. The SU and BSU only forward frames (between Ethernet and WORP interface) tagged with the VLAN IDs configured in the Trunk VLAN Table.

Up to 256 VLAN IDs can be configured for the BSU and up to 16 VLAN IDs can be configured for the SU (depending upon the capabilities of your switching equipment).

VLAN Relaying

The VLAN Trunk mode for BSU operation provides an option to enable and disable a VLAN relaying flag; when enabled, the BSU shall relay frames between SUs on the same BSU having the same VLAN ID.

Management VLAN

The BSU and SU allow the configuration of a separate VLAN ID and priority for SNMP, ICMP, Telnet, and TFTP management frames for device access.

The management VLAN ID and management VLAN priority may be applied in any mode. The management stations tag the management frames they send to the BSU or SU with the management VLAN ID configured in the device. The BSU and SU tag all the management frames from the device with the configured management VLAN and priority.

BSU and SU in Transparent Mode

When the BSU is in Transparent mode, all associated SUs must be in Transparent mode.

How the BSU and SUs function in Transparent mode is described in the following table.

35

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

BSU Function – Transparent Mode

• BSU forwards both tagged and untagged frames received from the Ethernet interface or from any of the associated SUs.

SU Function – Transparent Mode

• SU forwards both tagged and untagged frames received from the Ethernet interface or from the BSU.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured,

BSU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured,

BSU tags all management frames generated by the BSU with the configured management

VLAN ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN ID is configured as -

1 (untagged), BSU allows only untagged management frames to access it.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured,

SU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured,

SU tags all management frames generated by the SU with the configured management VLAN

ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN ID is configured as -

1 (untagged), SU allows only untagged management frames to access them.

BSU in Trunk Mode and SU in Trunk/Access Mode

When the BSU is in Trunk mode, the associated SUs must be in either Trunk mode or Access mode. When an SU associates to a BSU that is in Trunk mode, it gets the VLAN mode from the BSU.

How the BSU and SU function in Trunk mode, and the SU in Access mode, is described in the following table.

36

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

BSU Function – Trunk Mode

• Up to 256 VLAN IDs can be configured on a BSU.

SU Function – Trunk Mode

• Up to 16 VLAN IDs can be configured on an SU.

• BSU discards all untagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface or from any of the associated SUs

(unexpected).

• SU discards all untagged frames received from the Ethernet interface or from the BSU

(unexpected).

• If a valid VLAN ID is configured,

BSU forwards only VLAN-tagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface or from any of the associated SUs that are tagged with the configured VLAN

ID; it discards all other tagged frames.

• If a valid VLAN ID is configured,

SU forwards only VLAN-tagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface or from the

BSU that are tagged with the configured VLAN ID; it discards all other tagged frames.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, BSU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management

VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, SU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management

VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, BSU tags all management frames generated by the BSU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN ID is configured as -1 (untagged), BSU allows only untagged management frames to access it.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, SU tags all management frames generated by the SU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN ID is configured as -1 (untagged), SU allows only untagged management frames to access it.

SU Function – Access Mode

• SU discards all tagged frames received from the Ethernet interface and all untagged frames received from the

BSU (unexpected).

• SU tags all untagged frames received from the Ethernet interface with the configured Access VLAN ID and forwards them to the BSU.

• SU untags all tagged frames received from the BSU that are tagged with the configured Access VLAN ID and forwards them to the Ethernet interface; it discards all other tagged frames from the BSU.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, SU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management VLAN ID to access it from the BSU.

• If a valid management VLAN ID is configured, SU tags all management frames generated by the SU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority and forwards them to the BSU.

• If the management VLAN ID is configured as -1 (untagged), SU allows only untagged management frames to access it from the BSU.

• SU allows only untagged management frames to access it from the Ethernet interface, regardless of the value of the management VLAN ID.

37

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

BSU in Mixed Mode and SU in Mixed, Access, or Trunk Mode

When the BSU is in Mixed mode, the associated SUs can be in Trunk, Access, or Mixed mode.

How the BSU and SU function in Trunk mode, and the SU in Access mode and Mixed mode, is described in the following table:

38

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

BSU Function – Mixed

Mode

• Up to 256 VLAN IDs can be configured on a BSU.

• BSU allows all untagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface or from any of the associated SUs

(unexpected).

• If a valid VLAN ID is configured, BSU forwards only VLAN-tagged frames received from the Ethernet interface or from any of the associated SUs that are tagged with the configured

VLAN IDs; it discards all other tagged frames.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured,

BSU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured,

BSU tags all management frames generated by the

BSU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN

ID is configured as -1

(untagged), BSU allows only untagged management frames to access it.

SU Function – Mixed Mode SU Function – Trunk Mode

• Up to 16 VLAN IDs can be configured on an SU.

• SU accepts all untagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface or from the BSU (unexpected).

• If a valid VLAN ID is configured, SU forwards only VLAN-tagged frames received from the Ethernet interface or from the BSU that are tagged with the configured VLAN IDs; it discards all other tagged frames.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured, SU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management

VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured, SU tags all management frames generated by the

SU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN

ID is configured as -1

(untagged), SU allows only untagged management frames to access it.

• Up to 16 VLAN IDs can be configured on an SU.

• SU discards all untagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface or from the BSU (unexpected).

• If a valid VLAN ID is configured, SU forwards only VLAN-tagged frames received from the Ethernet interface or from the BSU that are tagged with the configured VLAN IDs; it discards all other tagged frames.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured, SU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management

VLAN ID to access it.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured, SU tags all management frames generated by the

SU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority.

• If the management VLAN

ID is configured as -1

(untagged), SU allows only untagged management frames to access it.

SU Function – Access

Mode

• SU discards all tagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface and all untagged frames received from the BSU

(unexpected).

• SU tags all untagged frames received from the

Ethernet interface with the configured Access VLAN

ID and forwards them to the BSU.

• SU untags all tagged frames received from the

BSU that are tagged with the configured Access

VLAN ID and forwards them to the Ethernet interface; it discards all other tagged frames from the BSU.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured, SU allows only management frames tagged with the configured management

VLAN ID to access it from the BSU.

• If a valid management

VLAN ID is configured, SU tags all management frames generated by the

SU with the configured management VLAN ID and priority and forwards them to the BSU.

• If the management VLAN

ID is configured as -1

(untagged), SU allows only untagged management frames to access it from the BSU.

• SU allows only untagged management frames to access it from the Ethernet interface, regardless of the value of the management

VLAN ID.

39

System Overview

Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

40

System Overview

Quality of Service (QoS)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Quality of Service (QoS)

NOTE: Quality of Service is configured on the Base Station Unit. See the Tsunami MP.11-R Installation and Management

Guide for more information.

The Quality of Service (QoS) feature is based on the 802.16 standard and defines the classes, service flows, and packet identification rules for specific types of traffic. QoS main priority is to guarantee a reliable and adequate transmission quality for all types of traffic under conditions of high congestion and bandwidth over-subscription.

There are already several pre-defined QoS classes, SFCs and PIRs available that you may choose from which cover the most common types of traffic. If you want to configure something else, you start building the hierarchy of a QoS class by defining PIRs; then you associate some of those PIRs to specific Service Flow classes (SFCs); you assign priorities to each PIR within each SFC; and finally you define the QoS class by associating relevant SFCs to each QoS class.

Concepts and Definitions

The software supports QoS provisioning from the BSU only. You may define different classes of service on a BSU that can then be assigned to the SUs that are associated, or that may get associated, with that BSU.

The software provides the ability to create, edit, and delete classes of service that are specified by the following hierarchy of parameters:

• Packet Identification Rule (PIR) – up to 64 rules, including 17 predefined rules

• Service Flow class (SFC) – up to 32 SFs, including 7 predefined SFCs; up to 8 PIRs may be associated per SFC

• Priority for each rule within each SF class – 0 to 255, with 0 being lowest priority

• QoS class – up to 8 QoS classes, including 4 predefined classes; up to 4 SFCs may be associated per QoS class

Packet Identification Rule (PIR)

A Packet Identification Rule is a combination of parameters that specifies what type of traffic is allowed or disallowed.

The software allows to create up to 64 different PIRs, including 17 predefined PIRs. It provides the ability to create, edit, and delete PIRs that contain none, one, or more of the following classification fields:

• Rule Name

• IP ToS (Layer 3 QoS identification)

• IP Protocol List containing up to 4 IP protocols

• 802.1p tag (layer 2 QoS identification)

• Up to 4 pairs of Source IP address + Mask

• Up to 4 pairs of Destination IP address + Mask

• Up to 4 source TCP/UDP port ranges

• Up to 4 destination TCP/UDP port ranges

• Up to 4 source MAC addresses

• Up to 4 destination MAC addresses

• VLAN ID

• Ether type (Ethernet protocol identification)

A good example is provided by the 17 predefined PIRs. Note that these rules help to identify specific traffic types:

1. All – No classification fields, all traffic matches

2. Cisco VoIP UL a. Protocol Source Port Range (16,000-32,000) b. IP Protocol List (17 = UDP)

3. Vonage VoIP UL

41

System Overview

Quality of Service (QoS)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

a. Protocol Source Port Range (8000-8001, 10000-20000) b. IP Protocol List (17 = UDP)

4. Cisco VoIP DL a. Protocol Destination Port Range (16,000-32,000) b. IP Protocol List (17 = UDP)

5. Vonage VoIP DL a. Protocol Destination Port Range (8000-8001, 10000-20000) b. IP Protocol List (17 = UDP)

6. TCP a. IP Protocol List (6)

7. UDP a. IP Protocol List (17)

8. PPPoE Control a. Ethertype (type 1, 0x8863)

9. PPPoE Data a. Ethertype (type 1, 0x8864)

10.IP

a. Ethertype (type 1, 0x800)

11.ARP

a. Ethertype (type 1, 0x806)

12.Expedited Forwarding a. IP TOS/DSCP (low=0x2D, high=0x2D, mask = 0x3F)

13.Streaming Video (IP/TV) a. IP TOS/DSCP (low=0x0D, high=0x0D, mask = 0x3F)

14.802.1p BE a. Ethernet Priority (low=0, high=0) (this is the equivalent of the User Priority value in the TCI (Tag Control

Information) field of a VLAN tag)

15.802.1p Voice a. Ethernet Priority (low=6, high=6) (this is the equivalent of the User Priority value in the TCI (Tag Control

Information) field of a VLAN tag)

16.802.1p Video a. Ethernet Priority (low=5, high=5) (this is the equivalent of the User Priority value in the TCI (Tag Control

Information) field of a VLAN tag)

17.L2 Broadcast/Multicast a. Ethernet Destination (dest = 0x80000000, mask = 0x80000000)

Note that two different VoIP rule names have been defined for each direction of traffic, Uplink (UL) and Downlink (DL),

(index numbers 2 to 5). This has been done to distinguish the proprietary nature of the Cisco VoIP implementation as opposed to the more standard Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) signaling found, for example, in the Vonage-type VoIP service.

Service Flow Class (SFC)

A Service Flow class defines a set of parameters that determines how a stream of application data that matches a certain classification profile will be handled. The software allows to create up to 32 different SFs, including seven predefined

SFs. The software provides the ability to create, edit, and delete SFs that contain the following parameters and values:

42

System Overview

Quality of Service (QoS)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

• Service flow name

• Scheduling type – Best Effort (BE); Real-Time Polling Service (RtPS)

• Service Flow Direction – Downlink (DL: traffic from BSU to SU); Uplink (UL: traffic from SU to BSU)

• Maximum sustained data rate (or Maximum Information Rate, MIR) – specified in units of 1 Kbps from 8 Kbps up to he maximum rate of 108000 Kbps per SU

• Minimum reserved traffic rate (or Committed Information Rate, CIR) – specified in units of 1 Kbps from 0 Kbps up to the maximum rate of 10000 Kbps per SU

• Maximum Latency – specified in increments of 5 ms steps from a minimum of 5 ms up to a maximum of 100 ms

• Tolerable Jitter – specified in increments of 5 ms steps from a minimum of 0 ms up to the Maximum Latency (in ms)

• Traffic priority – zero (0) to seven (7), 0 being the lowest, 7 being the highest

• Maximum number of data messages in a burst – one (1) to four (4), which affects the percentage of the maximum throughput of the system

• Activation state – Active; Inactive

Note that traffic priority refers to the prioritization of this specific Service Flow.

The software tries to deliver the packets within the specified latency and jitter requirements, relative to the moment of receiving the packets in the unit. For delay-sensitive traffic the jitter must be equal to or less than the latency. A packet is buffered until an interval of time equal to the difference between Latency and Jitter (Latency – Jitter) has elapsed. The software will attempt to deliver the packet within a time window starting at (Latency – Jitter) until the maximum Latency time is reached. If the SFC’s scheduling type is real-time polling (rtPS), and the packet is not delivered by that time, it will be discarded. This can lead to loss of packets without reaching the maximum throughput of the wireless link. For example, when the packets arrive in bursts on the Ethernet interface and the wireless interface is momentarily maxed out, then the packets at the “end” of the burst may be timed out before they can be sent.

Users are able to set up their own traffic characteristics (MIR, CIR, latency, jitter, etc.) per service flow class to meet their unique requirements. A good example is provided by the seven predefined SFCs:

1. UL-Unlimited BE a. Scheduling Type = Best Effort b. Service Flow Direction = Uplink c. Initialization State = Active d. Maximum Sustained Data Rate = 20 Mbps e. Traffic Priority = 0

2. DL-Unlimited BE (same as UL-Unlimited BE, except Service Flow Direction = Downlink)

3. UL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS a. Schedule type = Real time Polling b. Service Flow Direction = Uplink c. Initialization State = Active d. Maximum Sustained Data Rate = 88 Kbps e. Minimum Reserved Traffic Rate = 88 Kbps f.

Maximum Latency = 20 milliseconds g. Traffic Priority = 1

4. DL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS (same as UL-G711 20ms VoIP rtPS, except Service Flow Direction = Downlink)

5. UL-G729 20 ms VoIP rtPS (same as UL-G711 20ms VoIP rtPS, except Maximum Sustained Data Rate and Maximum

Reserved Traffic Rate = 64 Kbps)

6. DL-G729 20 ms VoIP rtPS (same as UL-G729 20ms VoIP rtPS, except Service Flow Direction = Downlink)

7. DL-2Mbps Video a. Schedule type = Real time Polling

43

System Overview

Quality of Service (QoS)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

b. Service Flow Direction = Downlink c. Initialization State = Active d. Maximum Sustained Data Rate = 2 Mbps e. Minimum Reserved Traffic Rate = 2 Mbps f.

Maximum Latency = 20 milliseconds g. Traffic Priority = 1

Note that two different VoIP Service Flow classes for each direction of traffic have been defined (index numbers 3 to 6) which follow the ITU-T standard nomenclatures: G.711 refers to a type of audio companding and encoding that produces a 64 Kbps bitstream, suitable for all types of audio signals. G.729 is appropriate for voice and VoIP applications, but cannot transport music or fax tones reliably. This type of companding and encoding produces a bitstream between 6.4 and 11.8 Kbps (typically 8 Kbps) according to the quality of voice transport that is desired.

QoS Class

A QoS class is defined by a set of parameters that includes the PIRs and SFCs that were previously configured. The software allows creating up to eight different QoS classes, including four predefined QoS classes. Up to four SF classes can be associated to each QoS class, and up to eight PIRs can be associated to each SF class. For example, a QoS class called “G711 VoIP” may include the following SFCs: “UL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS” and “DL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS”.

In turn, the SFC named “UL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS” may include the following rules: “Cisco VoIP UL” and “Vonage VoIP

UL”. The software provides the ability to create, edit, and delete QoS classes that contain the following parameters:

• QoS class name

• Service Flow (SF) class name list per QoS class (up to four SF classes can be associated to each QoS class)

• Packet Identification Rule (PIR) list per SF class (up to eight PIRs can be associated to each SF class)

• Priority per rule which defines the order of execution of PIRs during packet identification process. The PIR priority is a number in the range 0-63, with priority 63 being executed first, and priority 0 being executed last. The PIR priority is defined within a QoS class, and can be different for the same PIR in some other QoS class. If all PIRs within one QoS class have the same priority, the order of execution of PIR rules will be defined by the order of definition of SFCs, and by the order of definition of PIRs in each SFC, within that QoS class.

A good example of this hierarchy is provided by the four predefined QoS classes:

1. Unlimited Best Effort a. SF class: UL-Unlimited BE

PIR: All; PIR Priority: 0 b. SF class: DL-Unlimited BE

PIR: All; PIR Priority: 0

2. G711 VoIP a. SF class: UL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS

PIR: Vonage VoIP UL; PIR Priority: 1

PIR: Cisco VoIP UL; PIR Priority: 1 b. SF class: DL-G711 20 ms VoIP rtPS

PIR: Vonage VoIP DL; PIR Priority: 1

PIR: Cisco VoIP DL; PIR Priority: 1

3. G729 VoIP a. SF class: UL-G729 20 ms VoIP rtPS

PIR: Vonage VoIP UL; PIR Priority: 1

PIR: Cisco VoIP UL; PIR Priority: 1 b. SF class: DL-G729 20 ms VoIP rtPS

PIR: Vonage VoIP DL; PIR Priority: 1

PIR: Cisco VoIP DL; PIR Priority: 1

44

System Overview

Quality of Service (QoS)

4. 2Mbps Video a. SF class: DL-2Mbps Video

PIR: Streaming Video (IP/TV); PIR Priority: 1

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

45

Basic Management

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

4

This chapter describes basic features and functionality of the unit. In most cases, configuring these basic features is sufficient. The “Glossary” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual provides a brief explanation of the terms used.

For CLI commands you can use for basic management, see “Command Line Interface” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11

Reference Manual.

The following topics are discussed in this chapter:

Navigation

Rebooting and Resetting

General Configuration Settings

Monitoring Settings

Security Settings

Default Settings

Upgrading the Unit

Navigation

To use the Web Interface for configuration and management, you must access the unit. With ScanTool you can determine the unit’s current IP address. Then enter http://<ip address> in your Web browser (for example http://

10.0.0.1). See

Setting the IP Address with ScanTool for details.

NOTE: If you have your Security Internet Options set to High, you may not be able to access the Web interface successfully; a high security setting disables JavaScript, which is required for running Proxim’s Web browser interface. Adding the radio’s IP address as a Trusted site should fix this problem.

The Web Interface consists of Web page buttons and tabs. A tab can also contain sub-tabs. The following figure illustrates how the written instructions used in this guide direct you to the correct tab or sub-tab.

Click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless:

3

2

1

The Web Interface also provides online help, which is stored on your computer (see Step 8: Install Documentation and

Software

for details).

46

Basic Management

Rebooting and Resetting

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Rebooting and Resetting

All configuration changes require a restart unless otherwise stated. New features explicitly state whether a reboot is required or not. You can restart the unit with the Reboot command; see the first method described in the following subsections.

Most changes you make become effective only when the 5012-SUR is rebooted. A reboot stores configuration

information in non-volatile memory and then restarts the 5012-SUR with the new values (see Soft Reset to Factory

Default ).

In some cases, the 5012-SUR reminds you that a reboot is required for a change to take effect. You need not reboot immediately; you can reboot after you have made all your changes.

NOTE: Saving of the unit’s configuration occurs only during a controlled reboot or by specifically issuing the CLI Save command. If you make changes to settings without a controlled reboot (command) and you have not issued the

Save command, a power outage would wipe out all changes since the last reboot. For example, entering static routes takes effect immediately; however, the routes are not saved until the unit has gone through a controlled reboot. Proxim strongly recommends saving your settings immediately when you finish making changes.

Rebooting

When you reboot, the changes you have made become effective and the 5012-SUR is restarted. The changes are saved automatically in non-volatile memory before the actual reboot takes place.

To reboot, click Commands > Reboot. Click the Reboot button. The 5012-SUR restarts the embedded software. During reboot, you are redirected to a page showing a countdown timer, and you are redirected to the Status page after the timer counts down to 0 (zero). The CLI is disconnected during reboot. This means that a new telnet session must be started.

Resetting Hardware

If the unit does not respond for some reason and you are not able to reboot, you can restart by means of a hardware reset. This restarts the hardware and embedded software. The last saved configuration is used. Any changes that you have made since then are lost.

To reset the hardware, press and release the Reset button in the 5012-SUR’s cable compartment unit with, for example, a paper clip.

Reset

Soft Reset to Factory Default

If necessary, you can reset the unit to the factory default settings. This must be done only when you are experiencing

problems. Resetting to the default settings requires you to reconfigure the 5012-SUR. To reset to factory default settings:

1. Click Commands > Reset.

2. Click the Reset to Factory Default button. The device configuration parameter values are reset to their factory default values.

If you do not have access to the unit, you can use the procedure described in Hard Reset to Factory Default as an

alternative.

47

Basic Management

General Configuration Settings

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

General Configuration Settings

System Status: The status tab showing the system status is displayed automatically when you log into the Web interface. It is also the default window displayed when you click the Status button on the left side of the window. See

Status

for more information.

System Configuration: The System Configuration window lets you change the unit’s country, system name, location

name, and so on (see the window to the right). The Country selection is required to enable the correct radio parameters. The other details help distinguish this unit from other routers, and let you know whom to contact in case of problems. See

System Parameters for more information.

IP Configuration: The IP Configuration window lets you change the unit’s IP parameters. These settings differ between Routing and Bridge mode. See

Network Parameters

for more information.

Interface Configuration: The Interface configuration pages let you change the Ethernet and Wireless parameters.

The Wireless tab is displayed by default when you click the Interfaces tab.

Ethernet: To configure the Ethernet interface, click Configure > Interfaces > Ethernet. You can set the

Configuration parameter from this tab for the type of Ethernet transmission. The recommended setting is

auto-speed auto-duplex. See

Ethernet

for more information.

Wireless: To configure the wireless interface, click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless. SUs can be placed only

in WORP Satellite mode. (See

Interface Parameters

for more information.)

VLAN Configuration: VLAN’s are configured on the Base Station Unit only. See

Virtual Local Area Networks

(VLANs)

for an overview of VLAN functionality, and the Tsunami MP.11-R Installation and Management Guide for configuration information.

48

Basic Management

Monitoring Settings

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Monitoring Settings

The unit offers various facilities to monitor its operation and interfaces. Only the most significant monitoring categories are mentioned here.

Wireless: To monitor the wireless interfaces, click Monitor > Wireless. This tab lets you monitor the general performance of the radio and the performance of the WORP Base or WORP Satellite interfaces.

Interfaces: To monitor transmission details, click Monitor > Interfaces. The Interfaces tab provides detailed information about the MAC-layer performance of the wireless network and Ethernet interfaces.

Per Station: Click Monitor > Per Station tab to view Station Statistics. On the SU, the Per Station page shows statistics of the BSU to which the SU is registered. The page’s statistics refresh every 4 seconds.

49

Basic Management

Security Settings

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Security Settings

To prevent misuse, the 5012-SUR provides wireless data encryption and password-protected access. Be sure to set the

encryption parameters and change the default passwords.

In addition to Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP), the units support Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 128-bit encryption. Two types of the AES encryption are available. Previous releases supported only the AEC-OCB; the AES

CCM protocol is now also supported.

Proxim highly recommends you change the Network Name, Network Secret, and Encryption Key, as soon as possible.

To change the Network Name and Network Secret, click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless. To set the encryption key, click Configure > Security > Encryption. For systems that will use roaming features, the Network Name, Network

Secret, and Encryption Key should each be the same for all SUs that are allowed to roam as well as for all BSUs to

which these SUs are allowed to roam.

Encryption

You can protect the wireless data link by using encryption. Encryption keys can be 5 (64-bit), 13 (WEP 128-bit), or 16

(AES 128-bit) characters in length. Both ends of the wireless data link must use the same parameter values. In addition to

Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP), the unit supports Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 128-bit encryption.

To set the encryption parameters, click Configure > Security > Encryption. See

Encryption .

Passwords

Access to the units are protected with passwords. The default password is public. For better security it is recommended to change the default passwords to a value (6-32 characters) known only to you.

To change the unit’s HTTP, Telnet, or SNMP passwords, click Configure > Management >Password. See

Passwords

.

50

Basic Management

Default Settings

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Default Settings

System Name

Mode of Operation

Feature

Routing

IP Address Assignment Type

IP Address

Subnet Mask

Default Router IP Address

Default TTL

RIPv2

Base Station System Name

Network Name

Frequency Channel

Transmit Power Control (TPC)

Data Rate

Turbo Mode

Channel Bandwidth

Registration Timeout

Network Secret

Serial port Baud Rate (for factory use only)

SNMP Management Interface

Telnet Management Interface

HTTP Management Interface

HTTP Port

Telnet Port

Telnet Login Timeout

Telnet Session Timeout

Password

Maximum Satellites (per BSU)

MAC Authentication

Radius Authentication

Encryption

Static MAC Address Filter

Default Setting

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR

Bridge

Disabled

Static

10.0.0.1

255.255.255.0

10.0.0.1

64

Enabled when in Routing Mode

<blank>

OR_WORP

Channel 149, Frequency 5.745 GHz (FCC Only devices)

DFS Enabled (World Mode devices)

0 dB

36 Mbps

Disabled

20 MHz

5 public

9600

Enabled

Enabled

Enabled

80

23

30

900 public

250

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled / No Entries

Ethernet Protocol Filtering

DFS Priority Frequency Channel

All Filters Disabled

Disabled

Announcement Period (when roaming enabled) 100 ms

Multi-Frame Bursting

Enabled

Storm Threshold

Broadcast Protocol Filtering

Dynamic Data Rate Selection

Roaming

NAT

Intra-Cell Blocking

Broadcast/Multicast Unlimited

All Protocols Allowed

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

51

Basic Management

Default Settings

Country Selection

Feature

DHCP Server

DHCP Relay

Spanning Tree Protocol

Antenna Gain

Satellite Density

VLAN Mode

Access VLAN ID

Access VLAN Priority

Management VLAN ID

Management VLAN Priority

Trunk VLAN ID

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Default Setting

US-only device – US

World device – GB

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

0 (For DFS Threshold compensation)

Large

BSU: Transparent Mode

SU: Transparent mode when BSU is in Transparent mode;

Trunk mode when the BSU is in Trunk mode.

BSU: N/A; SU: 1

BSU: N/A; SU: 0

BSU: -1; SU: -1

BSU: 0; SU: 0

BSU: N/A; SU: -1

52

Basic Management

Upgrading the Unit

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Upgrading the Unit

The units are equipped with embedded software that can be updated when new versions are released. Updating the embedded software is described in

Web Interface Image File Download . A TFTP server is provided on the

Documentation and Software CD; the server is required to transfer the downloaded file to the unit. See TFTP Server

Setup .

To access all resolved problems in our solution database, or to search by product, category, keywords, or phrases, go to http://support.proxim.com

. You can also find links to drivers, documentation, and downloads at this link.

53

System Status

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

5

This section describes viewing system status and event log information from the unit’s Web Interface.

Click on the Status button to access system and event log information. See the following sections:

Status

Event Log

Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click the Exit button to exit the application.

For an introduction to the basics of management, see

Basic Management

.

Status

The Status tab showing the system status is displayed automatically when you log into the Web Interface. It also is the default window displayed when you click the Status button on the left side of the window.

The Status tab shows the System Status and the System Traps.

System Status

The basic system status is shown in this section, including the version number of the embedded software.

Systems Traps

The status of system traps is shown in this section. System traps occur when the 5012-SUR encounters irregularities.

Deleting system traps has no effect on the operation of the 5012-SUR. System traps also are sent to an SNMP manager station (if so configured). See “Alarm Traps” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for a list and description of the traps.

54

System Status

Event Log

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Event Log

Click Status > Event Log to view the contents of your Event Log. The Event Log keeps track of events that occur during the operation of the 5012-SUR. The Event Log displays messages that may not be captured by System Traps, such as the Transmit Power for the Frequency Channel selected.

See “Event Log Error Messages” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for an explanation of messages that can appear in the Event Log.

55

Configuration

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

6

This section describes configuring the 5012-SUR’s settings using the unit’s Web Interface.

Click the Configure button to access configuration settings.

The following topics are discussed in this section:

System Parameters

Network Parameters

Interface Parameters

SNMP Parameters

Management Parameters

Security Parameters

Filtering

RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)

NAT (Routing Mode Only)

Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click the Exit button to exit the application.

For an introduction to the basics of management, see

Basic Management

.

System Parameters

The System configuration page lets you change the unit’s System Name, Location, Mode of Operation, and so on.

These details help you to distinguish the unit from other routers and let you know whom to contact in case you experience problems.

Click Configure> System; the following window is displayed.

You can enter the following details:

56

Configuration

System Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

System Name: This is the system name for easy identification of the BSU or SU. The System Name field is limited to a length of 32 bytes. Use the system name of a BSU to configure the Base Station System Name parameter on an SU if you want the SU to register only with this BSU. If the Base Station System Name is left blank on the SU, it can register with any Base Station that has a matching Network Name and Network Secret.

Country: Upon choosing a country/band, the Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS) and Transmit Power Control (TPC) features are enabled automatically if the selected country/band has a regulatory domain that requires it. The Country selection pre-selects and displays only the allowed frequencies for the selected country/band.

Click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless to see the channel/frequency list for the selected Country.

NOTE: If All Channels 5 GHz is selected from the Country drop-down menu, any channel in the 5 GHz range are displayed for manual selection.

NOTE: Units sold only in the United States are pre-configured to scan and display only the outdoor frequencies permitted by the FCC. No other Country selections, channels, or frequencies can be configured. Units sold outside of the United States support the selection of a Country by the professional installer. If you change the

Country, a reboot of the unit is necessary for the upgrade to take place.

For a non US-only device, the default country selected is United Kingdom (GB).

Note the following:

– The channel center frequencies are not regulated; only the band edge frequencies are regulated.

– If, before upgrade, US was selected as a country for a non US-Only device (which is an incorrect configuration), the country is changed automatically to United Kingdom upon upgrade.

See Country Codes and Channels

for a list of country codes.

Location: This field can be used to describe the location of the unit, for example “Main Lobby.”

Contact Name, Contact Email, and Contact Phone: In these fields, you can enter the details of the person to contact.

ObjectID: This read-only field shows the OID of the product name in the MIB.

Ethernet MAC Address: This read-only field shows the MAC address of the Ethernet interface of the device.

Descriptor: This read-only field shows the product name and firmware build version.

Up Time: This read-only field shows the length of time the device has been up and running since the last reboot.

Mode of Operation: This drop-down menu is used to set the unit as a bridge (layer 2) or as a router (layer 3). See

Bridge and Routing Modes

for more information.

Bridge and Routing Modes

Bridge Mode

A bridge is a product that connects a local area network (LAN) to another LAN that uses the same protocol (for example,

Ethernet). You can envision a bridge as being a device that decides whether a message from you to someone else is going to the local area network in your building or to someone on the local area network in the building across the street.

A bridge examines each message on a LAN, passing those known to be within the same LAN, and forwarding those known to be on the other interconnected LAN (or LANs).

In bridging networks, computer or node addresses have no specific relationship to location. For this reason, messages are sent out to every address on the network and are accepted only by the intended destination node. Bridges learn which addresses are on which network and develop a learning table so that subsequent messages can be forwarded to the correct network.

Bridging networks are generally always interconnected LANs since broadcasting every message to all possible destination would flood a larger network with unnecessary traffic. For this reason, router networks such as the Internet use a scheme that assigns addresses to nodes so that a message or packet can be forwarded only in one general direction rather than forwarded in all directions.

57

Configuration

System Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

A bridge works at the data-link (physical) layer of a network, copying a data packet from one network to the next network along the communications path.

The default Bridging Mode is Transparent Bridging.

This mode works if you do not use source routing in your network. If your network is configured to use source routing, then you should use either Multi-Ring SRTB or Single-Ring SRTB mode.

In Multi-Ring SRTB mode, each unit must be configured with the Bridge number, Radio Ring number, and Token Ring number. The Radio Ring number is unique for each Token Ring Access Point and the Bridge number is unique for each

Token Ring Access Point on the same Token Ring segment.

Alternatively, you may use the Single-Ring SRTB mode. In this mode, only the Token Ring number is required for configuration.

Routing Mode

Routing mode can be used by customers seeking to segment their outdoor wireless network using routers instead of keeping a transparent or bridged network.

By default the unit is configured as a bridge device, which means traffic between different outdoor locations can be seen from any point on the network. By switching to routing mode, your network now is segmented by a layer 3 (IP) device. By using Routing mode, each network behind the BSU and SUs can be considered a separate network with access to each controlled through routing tables. The use of a router on your network also blocks the retransmission of broadcast and multicast packets on your networks, which can help to improve the performance on your outdoor network in larger installations.

The use of Routing mode requires more attention to the configuration of the unit and thorough planning of the network topology of your outdoor network. The unit can use Routing mode in any combination of BSU and SUs. For example, you may have the BSU in Routing mode and the SU in Bridge mode, or vice versa.

When using Routing mode, pay close attention to the configuration of the default gateway both on your unit and on your

PCs and servers. The default gateway controls where packets with unknown destinations (Internet) should be sent. Be sure that each device is configured with the correct default gateway for the next hop router. Usually this is the next router on the way to your connection to the Internet. You can configure routes to other networks on your Intranet through the addition of static routes in your router’s routing table.

Key Reasons to Use Routing Mode

One key reason why customers would use Routing mode is to implement virtual private networks (VPNs) or to let nodes behind two different SUs communicate with each other. Many customers do this same thing in Bridging mode by using secondary interfaces on the router at the BSU or virtual interfaces at the BSU in VLAN mode to avoid some of the drawbacks of IP Routing mode.

Routing mode prevents the transport of non-IP protocols, which may be desirable for Service Providers.

Routing mode is usually more efficient because Ethernet headers are not transported and non-IP traffic is blocked.

Benefits of using Routing Mode

• Enabling RIP makes the 5012-SUR easier to manage for a Service Provider that uses RIP to dynamically manage routes. RIP is no longer very common for Service Providers or Enterprise customers and an implementation of a more popular routing protocol like OSPF would be desirable.

• Routing mode saves bandwidth by not transporting non-IP protocols users might have enabled, like NetBEUI or IPX/

SPX, which eliminates the transmission of broadcasts and multicasts.

– The MAC header is:

• Destination MAC 6 bytes

• Source MAC 6 bytes

• Ethernet Type 2 bytes

58

Configuration

System Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

If the average packet size is 1000 bytes, the overhead saved is 1.5%; With a frame size of 64 bytes, the overhead saved is 20%; and for frame sizes of 128 bytes, the saving is 10%. Network researches claim that most network traffic consists of frames smaller than 100 bytes.

In order to support routers behind the SUs with multiple subnets and prevent routing loops, you want individual routes

(and more then one) per SU.

Routing Mode Examples

In the first example, both the BSU and the SUs are configured for Routing mode. This example is appropriate for businesses connecting remote offices that have different networks.

In example 2, the BSU is in Routing mode and the SUs are in Bridge mode. Notice the PCs behind the SUs must configure their default gateways to point to the BSU, not the SU.

Notes:

• One of the most important details to pay attention to in Routing mode are the unit’s and the PC’s default gateways. It is a common mistake to set up the PC’s gateway to point to the SU when the SU is in Bridge mode and the BSU is in

Routing mode. Always check to make sure the PCs on your network are configured to send their IP traffic to the correct default gateway.

• Be sure to reboot the unit to permanently save static routes. New routes take effect immediately without a reboot, but are not permanently saved with your configuration until you do reboot the device. An unexpected power outage could cause static routes you entered to “disappear” when the unit reboots if they have not been saved. You also should save a copy of your unit’s configuration file in case the unit must be reloaded. This saves you from being required to re-enter numerous static routes in a large network.

• The routing table supports up to 500 static routes.

59

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Network Parameters

The Network tab contains the following sub-tabs. Note that some configuration options are available only in Routing mode.

IP Parameters

Roaming

DHCP Server

Spanning Tree (Bridge Mode Only)

IP Routes (Routing Mode only)

DHCP Relay Agent (Routing Mode only)

IP Parameters

Click Configure > Network > IP Configuration to view and configure local IP address information. Configurable settings differ between Bridge mode and Routing mode.

Bridge Mode

If the device is configured in Bridge mode, the following screen is displayed:

Configure or view the following parameters:

IP Address Assignment Type:

– Select Static if you want to assign a static IP address to the unit. Use this setting if you do not have a DHCP server or if you want to manually configure the IP settings

– Select Dynamic to have the device run in DHCP client mode, which gets an IP address automatically from a

DHCP server over the network.

When the unit is in Bridge mode, only one IP address is required. This IP address also can be changed with ScanTool

(see

Setting the IP Address with ScanTool ).

IP Address: The unit’s static IP address (default IP address is 10.0.0.1). This parameter is configurable only if the IP

Address Assignment Type is set to Static.

Subnet Mask: The mask of the subnet to which the unit is connected (the default subnet mask is 255.255.255.0).

This parameter is configurable only if the IP Address Assignment Type is set to Static.

Default Router IP Address: The IP address of the default gateway. This parameter is configurable only if the IP

Address Assignment Type is set to Static.

Default TTL: The default time-to-live value.

60

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Routing Mode

If the device is configured in Routing mode, both Ethernet and Wireless interfaces require an IP address. The following screen is displayed:

Configure or view the following parameters:

IP Address Ethernet Port: The unit’s Ethernet IP address. The default is 10.0.0.1.

Subnet Mask Ethernet Port: The unit’s Ethernet IP address subnet mask.The default is 255.255.255.0.

IP Address Wireless Slot A: The unit’s wireless IP address. The default is 10.0.0.1.

Subnet Mask Wireless Slot A: The unit’s wireless IP address subnet mask.

Default Router IP Address: The router’s IP address.

Default TTL: The default time-to-live value.

Management Interface: The interface used to manage the device. Select Ethernet, Wireless, or Auto.

Roaming

Roaming Overview

Roaming is a feature by which an SU terminates the session with the current BSU and starts the registration procedure

with another BSU when it finds the quality of the other BSU to be better. Roaming provides MAC level connectivity to the

SU that roams from one BSU to another. Roaming takes place across the range of frequencies and channel bandwidths

(5, 10, or 20 MHz, as available) that are available per configuration. The current release offers handoff times of up to a maximum of 80 ms. This is fast enough to allow the SU to seamlessly roam from one BSU to the other therefore supporting session persistence for delay-sensitive applications. The feature also functions as BSU backup in case the current BSU fails or becomes unavailable.

The Roaming feature lets the SU monitor local SNR and data rate for all frames received from the current BSU. As long as the average local SNR for the current BSU is greater than the slow scanning threshold, and the number of retransmitted frames is greater than the slow scanning threshold given in percentage, the SU does not scan other channels for a better BSU.

• The normal scanning procedure starts when the average local SNR for the current BSU is less than or equal to the slow scanning threshold and the number of retransmitted frames is greater than the slow scanning threshold given in percentage. During the normal scanning procedure the SU scans the whole list of active channels while maintaining the current session uninterrupted.

61

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Fast scanning is the scanning procedure performed when the average local SNR for the current BSU is very low

(below the fast scanning threshold) and the number of retransmitted frames is greater than the fast scanning retransmission threshold given in%, so that the current session should terminate as soon as possible. During this procedure, the SU scans other active channels as fast as possible.

Roaming can only occur if the normal scanning or fast scanning procedure is started under the following conditions:

1. If the roaming is started from the normal scanning procedure (after the SU scans all the active channels), the SU selects the BSU with the best SNR value on all available channels. The SU roams to the best BSU only if the SNR value for the current BSU is still below the slow scanning SNR threshold, and best BSU offers a better SNR value for at least roaming threshold than the current BSU. The SU starts a new registration procedure with the best BSU without ending the current session.

2. If the roaming is started from the fast scanning procedure, the SU selects the first BSU that offers better SNR than the current BSU, and starts a new registration procedure with the better BSU without ending the current session.

Roaming with Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) Enabled

When an SU roams from BSU-1 to BSU-2 and DDRS is enabled, the data rate at which the SU connects to BSU-2 is the default DDRS data rate. If this remains at the factory default of 6 Mbps, there can be issues with the application if it requires more then 6 Mbps (for example multiple video streams).

Applications requiring a higher data rate could experience a slight data loss during the roaming process while DDRS selects a higher rate (based upon link conditions).

When the applications re-transmit at a possibly slower rate, the WORP protocol initially services the data at 6 Mbps and increases the data rate up to the "Maximum DDRS Data Rate" (ddrsmaxdatarate) one step at a time. Because the applications are not being serviced at the best possible rate, they further slow down the rate of data send.

The DDRS algorithm requires data traffic (a minimum of 128 frames) to raise the rate to a higher value. Although roaming occurs successfully, the previous scenario causes applications to drop their sessions; hence session persistence is not maintained.

For a more information on DDRS, see Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS)

.

NOTE: You must know the data rate required for the applications running and you must ensure (during network deployment) that the ranges and RF links can support the necessary data rate. You also must set the default

DDRS data rate at the capacity necessary for the application so that it connects to the next Base Station at the required capacity if roaming occurs. Set the “Default DDRS Data Rate” (ddrsdefdatarate) to a greater value (24,

36, 48 or 54 Mbps, for example) for applications requiring session persistence when roaming occurs.

Roaming Configuration

Click Configure > Network > Roaming to configure Roaming.

Enable or disable the Roaming feature in the Roaming Status drop-down box. The default value is disabled.

62

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

NOTE: To enable roaming, you must enable Roaming Status on both the BSU and the SU.

An SU scans all available channels for a given bandwidth during roaming. In order to reduce the number of channels an

SU has to scan and thus decrease the roaming time, a channel priority list that tells the SU what channels to scan is implemented. Each channel in the channel priority list is specified with its corresponding bandwidth and the priority with which it should be scanned, either “Active” (standard priority), “Active High” (high priority), or “Inactive”.

An SU will scan all channels indicated as “Active” during roaming. However, it will scan active channels indicated as

“High Priority” before scanning active channels indicated as standard priority. Channels that are not going to be used in the wireless network should be configured as “Inactive” so that the SU can skip over those channels during scanning saving this way time.

A BSU broadcasts the channel priority list to all valid authenticated SUs in its sector. It re-broadcasts the channel priority list to all SUs every time the list is updated on the BSU. For information for configuring the channel priority list on the BSU see the Tsunami MP.11-R Installation and Management Guide.

Note that an SU may roam from one BSU with a bandwidth setting to another BSU with a different bandwidth setting.

Since in this case more channels need to be scanned than with only one channel bandwidth setting, it is important that the channel priority list is properly used to limit scanning time.

When Scanning Across Bandwidth on the SU is enabled (see Interface Parameters

), the SU supports bandwidth selection of the communications channel of either 20 MHz, 10 MHz, or 5 MHz, as available. This allows the BSUs in the network to be set to different bandwidths while an SU can still roam from one BSU to the next, because it will not only scan other frequencies (when the signal level or quality are lower than the threshold) but it will also switch to other bandwidths to find a BSU that may be on another bandwidth than its current one.

During roaming, the SU will start scanning first the channels on its current bandwidth from the “Active” channel list provided by the BSU in order to find a BSU to register, since that is the most likely setting for other BSUs in the network.

If the SU cannot find an acceptable roaming candidate, it will switch bandwidth and start scanning channels on that corresponding bandwidth from the “Active” channel list provided by the BSU. The process is repeated until the SU finds an appropriate BSU to register.

In the example above, an SU whose current bandwidth is 20 MHz will start scanning all active channels within the bandwidth of 20 MHz. If it cannot find a suitable BSU, it will switch to a 10 MHz bandwidth and start scanning all active channels within that bandwidth, in this case channel 56 first since it is configured as high priority and channel 60 next. No channels will be scanned on the 5 MHz bandwidth since all those channels are configured as inactive.

DHCP Server

When enabled, the DHCP server allows allocation of IP addresses to hosts on the Ethernet side of the SU or BSU.

Specifically, the DHCP Server feature lets the SU or BSU respond to DHCP requests from Ethernet hosts with the following information:

• Host IP address

• Gateway IP address

• Subnet Mask

• DNS Primary Server IP address

• DNS Secondary Server IP

Click Configure > Network > DHCP Server to enable the unit on a DHCP Server.

63

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

The following parameters are configurable:

DHCP Server Status: Verify that DHCP Relay Agent is disabled. After you have made at least one entry in the DHCP server IP Pool Table, enable DHCP Server by selecting Enable from the DHCP Server Status pull-down menu.

NOTE: There must be at least one entry in the DHCP server IP Pool Table to enable DHCP server. Also, DHCP server cannot be enabled if DHCP Relay Agent is enabled.

Subnet Mask: The unit supplies this subnet mask in its DHCP response to a DHCP request from an Ethernet host.

Indicates the IP subnet mask assigned to hosts on the Ethernet side using DHCP.

Gateway IP Address: The unit supplies this gateway IP address in the DHCP response. It indicates the IP address of a router assigned as the default gateway for hosts on the Ethernet side. This parameter must be set.

Primary DNS IP Address: The unit supplies this primary DNS IP address in the DHCP response. It indicates the IP address of the primary DNS server that hosts on the Ethernet side uses to resolve Internet host names to IP addresses. This parameter must be set.

Secondary DNS IP Address: The unit supplies this secondary DNS IP address in the DHCP response.

Number of IP Pool Table Entries: The number of IP pool table entries is a read-only field that indicates the total

number of entries in the DHCP server IP Pool Table. See Add Entries to the DHCP Server IP Pool Table .

Add Entries to the DHCP Server IP Pool Table

You can add up to 20 entries in the IP Pool Table. An IP address can be added if the entry’s network ID is the same as the network ID of the device.

NOTE: After adding entries, you must reboot the unit before the values take effect.

1. To add an entry click Add Table Entries.

64

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

2. Enter the following parameters and click Add:

Start IP Address: Indicates the starting IP address that is used for assigning address to hosts on the Ethernet

side in the configured subnet.

End IP Address: Indicates the ending IP address that is used for assigning address to hosts on the Ethernet side

in the configured subnet.

Default Lease Time: Specifies the default lease time for IP addresses in the address pool. The value is 3600-

86400 seconds.

Max Lease Time: The maximum lease time for IP addresses in the address pool. The value is 3600-86400

seconds.

Comment: The comment field is a descriptive field of up to 255 characters.

Edit/Delete Entries in the DHCP Server IP Pool Table Entries

1. Click Edit/Delete Table Entries to make changes

2. Enter your changes and click OK.

Spanning Tree (Bridge Mode Only)

NOTE: The unit must be in Bridge mode to configure Spanning Tree.

This protocol is executed between the bridges to detect and logically remove redundant paths from the network.

Spanning Tree can be used to prevent link-layer loops (broadcast is forwarded to all port where another device may forward it and, finally, it gets back to this unit; therefore, it is looping). Spanning Tree can also be used to create redundant links and operates by disabling links: hot standby customer is creating a redundant link without routing function.

65

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

If your network does not support Spanning Tree, be careful to avoid creating network loops between radios. For example, creating a WDS link between two units connected to the same Ethernet network creates a network loop (if spanning tree is disabled).

The Spanning Tree configuration options are advanced settings. Proxim recommends that you leave these parameters at their default values unless you are familiar with the Spanning Tree protocol.

Click the Spanning Tree tab to change Spanning Tree values.

Edit/Disable Entries in the Priority and Path Cost Table

1. Click Edit Table Entries to make changes

2. Enter your changes and click OK.

IP Routes (Routing Mode only)

NOTE: The unit must be in Routing mode to configure IP Routes.

Click Configure > Network > IP Routes to configure.

66

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Add IP Routes

1. Click the Add button; the following screen is displayed.

2. Enter the route information.

3. Click Add. The IP Address and Subnet Mask combination is validated for a proper combination.

NOTE: When adding a new entry, the IP address of the Route Destination must be in either the Ethernet subnet or in the wireless subnet of the unit.

Edit/Delete IP Routes

1. Click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button.

2. Edit the route information.

3. Click OK. The IP address and subnet mask combination is validated for a proper combination.

67

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

DHCP Relay Agent (Routing Mode only)

NOTE: The unit must be in Routing mode to configure DHCP Relay Agent.

Click Configure > Network > DHCP RA to enable the DHCP Relay Agent. When enabled, the DHCP relay agent forwards DHCP requests to the set DHCP server. There must be at least one entry in the corresponding Server IP

Address table in order to enable the DHCP Relay Agent.

Note that DHCP Relay Agent parameters are configurable only in Routing mode. It cannot be enabled when NAT or

DHCP Server is enabled.

Add Entries to the DHCP Relay Agent Table

1. Click Add Table Entries; the following window is displayed:

2. Enter the Server IP Address and any optional comments, and click Add.

Edit/Delete Entries in the DHCP Relay Agent Table

1. Click Edit/Delete Table Entries. The following window is displayed:

68

Configuration

Network Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

2. Enter your changes, and click OK.

69

Configuration

Interface Parameters

Interface Parameters

Wireless

Ethernet

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Wireless

To configure the wireless interface, click Configure > Interfaces > Wireless.

SUs can be placed only in WORP Satellite mode. The Wireless Outdoor Router Protocol (WORP) is a polling algorithm designed for wireless outdoor networks. WORP takes care of the performance degradation incurred by the so-called

“hidden-node” problem, which can occur when wireless LAN technology is used for outdoor building-to-building connectivity. In this situation, when multiple radios send an RTS, if another radio is transmitting, it corrupts all data being sent, degrading overall performance. The WORP polling algorithm ensures that these collisions cannot occur, which increases the performance of the overall network significantly.

WORP dynamically adapts to the number of SUs that are active on the network and the amount of data they have queued to send.

The mandatory parameters to configure for registration of the SU on a Base Station are:

• Network Name

• Base Station System Name (when used)

• Channel Frequency

• Encryption (when used)

• Network Secret

These and other parameters found on the SU’s Interfaces > Wireless page are described below.

Interface Type: The interface type can only be WORP Satellite.

MAC Address: The factory-assigned MAC address of the unit. This is a read-only field.

70

Configuration

Interface Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Base Station System Name: The name found on the system page of the BSU to which this SU is connecting. This parameter can be used as an added security measure, and when there are multiple BSUs in the network and you want an SU to register with only one when it may actually have adequate signal strength for either. The System Name field is limited to a length of 32 bytes.

If the Base Station System Name is left blank on the SU, it can register with any BSU with a matching Network Name and Network Secret.

Operational Mode: This field indicates the operational mode of the unit, depending upon the specific Tsunami MP.11.

This operational mode cannot be changed as it is based upon a license file.

Network Name: A Network Name is a name given to a network so that multiple networks can reuse the same frequency without problems. An SU can only register to its base if it has the same Network Name. The Network Name is one of the parameters that allow a Subscriber Unit to register on a Base Station. The Base Station System Name and Frequency Channel also are parameters to guide the SU to the proper BSU on the network, but they provide no security. Basic security is provided through encryption, as it causes none of the messages to be sent in the clear.

Further security is provided by mutual authentication of the BSU and SU using the Network Secret. The Network

Name can be 2 to 32 characters in length.

Dynamic Data Rate Selection (DDRS) Status: For the WORP Satellite Mode, DDRS Status is read-only parameter and its value is based upon the WORP Base to which this SU is associated.

When you enable or disable DDRS on the BSU, the BSU sends an announcement to the SUs and the SUs enable or disable DDRS automatically.

Transmit Power Control (TPC): By default, the unit lets you transmit at the maximum output power for the country or regulatory domain and frequency selected. However, with Transmit Power Control (TPC), you can adjust the output power of the unit to a lower level in order to reduce interference to neighboring devices or to use a higher gain antenna without violating the maximum radiated output power allowed for your country/band. Also, some countries/ bands that require DFS also require the transmit power to be set to a 6 dB lower value than the maximum allowed

EIRP when link quality permits. You can see your unit’s current output power for the selected frequency in the event log.

The event log shows the selected power for all data rates, so you must look up the proper data rate to determine the actual power level.

NOTE: This feature only lets you decrease your output power; it does not let you increase your output power beyond the maximum allowed defaults for your frequency and country.

Select one of the following options and click OK at the bottom of the window. Your original output power is adjusted relative to the value selected. The new setting takes effect immediately without rebooting:

TPC Selection (dB)

0 (default)

-3

-6

-9

-12

-15

-18 (minimum TPC level)

4

1

16

13

10

7

0

Maximum TX Power (dBm)

NOTE: 24 Mbps and lower modulation have maximum +16 dBm TX power, 36 Mbps has maximum +13 dBm TX power, 48 Mbps has maximum +12 dBm TX power, and 54 Mbps has maximum +11 dBm TX power. Because higher modulation has a lower maximum TX power, the total TPC range is smaller at a higher data rate.

Because the minimum TX power is equal for all data rates, each TPC selection has constant TX power for all data rates except where the maximum TX power is limited.

Actual Transmit Power Control: The configured Transmit Power Control setting.

71

Configuration

Interface Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Enable Turbo Mode (Non-DFS US Only): Check this box to enable Turbo Mode. Turbo Mode is supported only in

the United States. Enabling turbo mode, in its current implementation, allows the unit to use two adjacent frequency

channels to transmit and receive a signal. By enabling turbo mode, the receive sensitivity improves by 4 dB for the 36

Mbps data rate and by 2 dB for the 24 Mbps data rate.

NOTE: The additional sensitivity is provided with the impact of using twice as much spectrum and thus increasing the opportunity of interference and decreased ability for system collocation. Generally, Turbo mode is not recommended except when the extra sensitivity is absolutely required.

Frequency Channel: The frequency channel indicates the band center frequency the unit uses for communicating

with peers. This frequency channel can be set in several ranges, depending upon regulatory domain. Refer to Country

Codes and Channels for channelization information. For countries in which DFS is not required, the Frequency

Channel list displays only the channels and frequencies allowed for the selected country.

For countries in which DFS is required, Frequency Channel is not configurable. Instead the channel is auto-selected by the DFS process.

If All Channels 5 GHz is selected in the Country drop-down menu on the Configure > System page, any channel in the 5 GHz range is manually selectable.

Scanning Across Bandwidth: Enable this field if you want the SU to scan across the whole range of channel bandwidths (5, 10, or 20 MHz, as available) with or without roaming enabled. Disable this field if you wish the SU to scan only across its configured channel bandwidth.

Multicast Rate: The rate at which data is to be transferred. All RF traffic between 5012-SUR units is multicast. This drop down box is unavailable when DDRS is enabled.

The default data rate for the 5012-SUR is 36 Mbps. The SU must never be set to a lower data rate than the BSU, because timeouts will occur at the BSU and communication will fail.

Selections for multicast rate are shown in the following table:

1.5

2.25

3

4.5

6

9

12

13.5

5 MHz

12

18

24

27

6

9

3

4.5

10 MHz

24

36

48

54

6

9

12

18

20 MHz

24

36

48

72

12

18

40 MHz

(Turbo Mode; Non-DFS US Only)

96

108

Channel Bandwidth: This field is used to change the bandwidth. Values are 5 MHz, 10 MHz, or 20 MHz, as well as

40 MHz when Turbo mode is enabled.

NOTE: The 5 MHz channel bandwidth is not available when the selected country is UNITED STATES DFS.

Satellite Density: The Satellite Density setting is a valuable feature for achieving maximum bandwidth in a wireless network. It influences the receive sensitivity of the radio interface and improves operation in environments with a high noise level. Reducing the sensitivity of the unit enables unwanted “noise” to be filtered out (it disappears under the threshold).

You can configure the Satellite Density to be Large, Medium, Small, Mini, or Micro. The default value for this setting is Large. The smaller settings are appropriate for high noise environments; a setting of Large would be for a low noise environment.

A long distance link may have difficulty maintaining a connection with a small density setting because the wanted signal can disappear under the threshold. Consider both noise level and distance between the peers in a link when configuring this setting. The threshold should be chosen higher than the noise level, but sufficiently below the signal level. A safe value is 10 dB below the present signal strength.

72

Configuration

Interface Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

If the Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) is not sufficient, you may need to set a lower data rate or use antennas with higher gain to increase the margin between wanted and unwanted signals. In a point-to-multipoint configuration, the BSU should have a density setting suitable for all of its registered SUs, especially the ones with the lowest signal levels

(longest links).

Take care when configuring a remote interface; check the available signal level first, using Remote Link Test.

WARNING: When the remote interface accidentally is set at too small a value and communication is lost, it cannot be reconfigured remotely and a local action is required to bring the communication back.

Therefore, the best place to experiment with the level is at the unit that can be managed without going through the link; if the link is lost, the setting can be adjusted to the correct level to bring the link back.

Make your density selection from the drop-down menu. This setting requires a reboot of the unit. Sensitivity threshold settings related to the density settings for the 5012-SUR are:

Large

Medium

Small

Mini

Micro

Satellite Density

-95 dBm

Receive Sensitivity Threshold

-86 dBm

-78 dBm

-70 dBm

-62 dBm

Defer Threshold

-62 dBm

-62 dBm

-52 dBm

-42 dBm

-36 dBm

Registration Timeout: This is the registration process time-out of an SU on a BSU. Default is 5 seconds.

Rx Activity Timeout: This is the activity time-out of an SU on a BSU. Default is 0 seconds.

Network Secret: A network secret is a secret password given to all nodes of a network. An SU can only register to a

BSU if it has the same Network Secret. The Network Secret is sent encrypted and can be used as a security option.

Input / Output Bandwidth Limit: These parameters limit the data traffic received on the wireless interface and transmitted to the wireless interface, respectively. Selections are in steps of 64 Kbps from 64 Kbps to 12 Mbps.

NOTE: The aggregate maximum bandwidth shared between input and output is 12 Mbps. If you attempt to set the input/output bandwidth values so that the total exceeds 12 Mbps, the management interface will automatically adjust the values to the available aggregate bandwidth of 12 Mbps. For example, the system default is 6 Mbps for both input and output bandwidths. If you change the input to 8 Mbps, the management interface will automatically adjust the output to 4 Mbps, for an aggregate bandwidth of 12 Mbps. The values will not adjust automatically if the total is less than 12 Mbps.

Ethernet

To set the Ethernet speed, duplex mode, and input and output bandwidth limits, click Configure > Interfaces > Ethernet.

You can set the desired speed and transmission mode by clicking on Configuration. Select from these settings for the type of Ethernet transmission:

73

Configuration

Interface Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Half-duplex means that only one side can transmit at a time.

Full-duplex lets both sides transmit.

Auto-duplex selects the best transmission mode available when both sides are set to auto-select.

The recommended setting is auto-speed-auto-duplex.

74

Configuration

SNMP Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

SNMP Parameters

Click Configure > SNMP to enable or disable trap groups, and to configure the SNMP management stations to which the

5012-SUR sends system traps. See “Trap Groups” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for a list of the system traps.

Trap Groups: You can enable or disable different types of traps in the system. By default, all traps are enabled.

Trap Host Table: This table shows the SNMP management stations to which the 5012-SUR sends system traps.

Trap Host Table

Add Entries to the Trap Host Table

Click the Add Table Entries button to add entries to the Trap Host Table.

Edit/Delete Entries in the Trap Host Table

Click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button to make changes to or delete existing entries.

75

Configuration

SNMP Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

76

Configuration

Management Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Management Parameters

Use the Management tab to configure passwords and other service parameters.

Passwords

The Password tab lets you configure the SNMP, Telnet, and HTTP (Web Interface) passwords.

For all password fields, the passwords must be between 6 and 32 characters. Changes take effect immediately after you click OK.

SNMP Read Community Password: The password for read access to the 5012-SUR using SNMP. Enter a password in both the Password field and the Confirm field. The default password is public.

SNMP Read/Write Community Password: The password for read and write access to the 5012-SUR using SNMP.

Enter a password in both the Password field and the Confirm field. The default password is public.

Telnet (CLI) Password: The password for the CLI interface. Enter a password in both the Password field and the

Confirm field. The default password is public.

HTTP (Web) Password: The password for the Web browser HTTP interface. Enter a password in both the Password field and the Confirm field. The default password is public.

Services

The Services tab lets you configure the SNMP, Telnet, and HTTP (Web Interface) parameters. Changes to these parameters require a reboot to take effect.

77

Configuration

Management Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

SNMP Configuration Settings

SNMP Interface Bitmask: Configure the interface or interfaces (All Interfaces, Only Ethernet, Only Slot A) from which you will manage the 5012-SUR using SNMP. You also can select None to prevent a user from accessing the unit through SNMP.

HTTP Configuration Settings

HTTP Interface Bitmask: Configure the interface or interfaces (All Interfaces, Only Ethernet, Only Slot A) from which you will manage the 5012-SUR through the Web interface. For example, to allow Web configuration through the

Ethernet network only, set HTTP Interface Bitmask to Ethernet. You can also select None to prevent a user from accessing the 5012-SUR from the Web interface.

HTTP Port: Configure the HTTP port from which you will manage the 5012-SUR through the Web interface. By default, the HTTP port is 80.

HTTP Connections: The number of allowed HTTP connections (the maximum is 8).

Telnet Configuration Settings

NOTE: To use HyperTerminal for CLI access, make sure to check “Send line ends with line feeds” in the ASCII Setup window (in the HyperTerminal window, click Properties; then select Setup > ASCII Setup. See “HyperTerminal

Connection Properties” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference Manual for more information).

Telnet Interface Bitmask: Select the interface (Ethernet, Wireless, All Interfaces) from which you can manage the unit through telnet. This parameter can also be used to disable telnet management.

Telnet Port Number: The default port number for Telnet applications is 23. However, you can use this field if you want to change the Telnet port for security reasons (but your Telnet application also must support the new port number you select).

Telnet Login Timeout (seconds): Enter the number of seconds the system is to wait for a login attempt. The unit terminates the session when it times out. The range is 1 to 300 seconds; the default is 30 seconds.

Telnet Session Timeout (seconds): Enter the number of seconds the system is to wait during a session while there is no activity. The unit ends the session upon timeout. The range is 1 to 36000 seconds; the default is 900 seconds.

Telnet Connections: The number of allowed Telnet connections (the maximum is 8).

78

Configuration

Management Parameters

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Serial Configuration Settings

The serial port interface on the unit is enabled at all times. See “Serial Port” in the Tsunami MP.11/QB.11 Reference

Manual for information about how to access the CLI interface through the serial port. You can configure and view following parameters:

Serial Baud Rate: Select the serial port speed (bits per second). Choose between 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, or 57600; the default Baud Rate is 9600.

Serial Flow Control: Select either None (default) or Xon/Xoff (software controlled) data flow control. To avoid potential problems when communicating with the unit through the serial port, Proxim recommends that you leave the

Flow Control setting at None (the default value).

Serial Data Bits: This is a read-only field and displays the number of data bits used in serial communication (8 data bits by default).

Serial Parity: This is a read-only field and displays the number of parity bits used in serial communication (no parity bits by default).

Serial Stop Bits: This is a read-only field that displays the number of stop bits used in serial communication (1 stop bit by default).

The serial port bit configuration is commonly referred to as 8N1.

79

Configuration

Security Parameters

Security Parameters

MAC Authentication (BSU Only)

MAC authentication is available only for BSUs.

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Encryption

NOTE: Be sure to set the encryption parameters and change the default passwords.

You can protect the wireless data link by using encryption. In addition to Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) and Wired

Equivalent Privacy (WEP), the unit supports Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) 128-bit encryption. To provide even stronger encryption, the AES CCM Protocol is also supported.

Encryption keys can be 5 (64-bit), 13 (WEP 128-bit), or 16 (AES 128-bit) characters in length. Both ends of the wireless data link must use the same parameter values.

Click Configure > Security > Encryption sub-tab to set encryption keys for the data transmitted and received by the unit. Note that all devices in one network must use the same encryption parameters to communicate to each other.

80

Configuration

Filtering

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Overview

Click Configure > Filtering to configure packet filtering. Packet filtering can be used to control and optimize network performance.

The Filtering feature can selectively filter specific packets based upon their Ethernet protocol type. Protocol filtering is done at the Bridge layer.

Protocol filters are useful for preventing bridging of selected protocol traffic from one segment of a network to other segments (or subnets). You can use this feature both to increase the amount of bandwidth available on your network and to increase network security.

Increasing Available Bandwidth

It may be unnecessary to bridge traffic from a subnet using IPX/SPX or AppleTalk to a segment of the network with UNIX workstations. By denying the IPX/SPX AppleTalk traffic from being bridged to the UNIX subnet, the UNIX subnet is free of this unnecessary traffic.

Increasing Network Security

By bridging IP and IP/ARP traffic and blocking LAN protocols used by Windows, Novell, and Macintosh servers, you can protect servers and client systems on the private local LAN from outside attacks that use those LAN protocols. This type of filtering also prevents private LAN data from being bridged to an untrusted remote network or the Internet.

To prevent blocking your own access (administrator) to the unit, Proxim recommends that IP (0x800) and ARP (0x806) protocols are always passed through.

Sample Use and Validation

Configure the protocol filter to let only IP and ARP traffic pass through the 5012-SUR (bridge) from one network segment to another. Then, attempt to use Windows file sharing across the bridge. The file should not allow sharing; the packets are discarded by the bridge.

Setting the ARP Filter

There may be times when you need to set the ARP or Multicast. Usually, this is required when there are many nodes on the wired network that are sending ARP broadcast messages or multicast packets that unnecessarily consume the wireless bandwidth. The goal of these filters is to allow only necessary ARP and multicast traffic through the 1.6 Mbps wireless pipe.

The TCP/IP Internet Protocol Suite uses a method known as ARP (Address Resolution Protocol) to match a device's

MAC (Media Access Control) address with its assigned IP address. The MAC address is a unique 48-bit identifier assigned to each hardware device at the factory by the manufacturer. The MAC address is commonly represented as 6 pairs of hexadecimal digits separated by colons. For example, a RangeLAN2 device may have the MAC address of

00:20:A6:33:ED:45.

When devices send data over the network (Ethernet, Token Ring, or wireless), they use the MAC address to identify a packet's source and destination. Therefore, an IP address must be mapped to a MAC address in order for a device to send a packet to particular IP address. In order to resolve a remote node's IP address with its MAC address, a device sends out a broadcast packet to all nodes on the network. This packet is known as an ARP request or ARP broadcast and requests that the device assigned a particular IP address respond to the sender with its MAC address.

Because ARP requests are broadcast packets, these packets are forwarded to wireless nodes by default, even if the packet is not meant for a wireless node. As the number of nodes on a network backbone increases, so does the number of ARP broadcasts that are forwarded to the wireless nodes. Many of these ARP broadcasts are unnecessary and can

81

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

consume valuable wireless bandwidth. On some networks, there are so many ARP broadcasts that the performance of the wireless network will degrade due to the amount of bandwidth being consumed by these messages.

To reduce the number of ARP broadcasts that are forwarded to the wireless nodes, you can enable ARP filtering. When enabled, the ARP Filter allows the unit to forward only those ARP broadcasts destined for an IP address that falls within the range specified by the ARP Filter Network Address and the ARP Filter Subnet Mask. The ARP Filter performs a logical AND function (essentially keeping what is the same and discarding what is different) on the IP address of the ARP request and the ARP Filter Subnet Mask. It then compares the result of the logical AND to the ARP Filter Network

Address. If the two values match, the ARP broadcast is forwarded to the wireless network by the unit.

Ethernet Protocol

The Ethernet Protocol filter blocks or forwards packets based upon the Ethernet protocols they support. Click Configure

> Filtering > Ethernet Protocol to enable or disable certain protocols in the table. Entries can be selected from a dropdown box.

Follow these steps to configure the Ethernet Protocol Filter:

1. Select the interfaces that will implement the filter from the Ethernet Protocol Filtering drop-down menu.

• Ethernet: Packets are examined at the Ethernet interface

• Wireless-Slot A or Wireless-Slot B: Packets are examined at the Wireless A or B interfaces

• All Interfaces: Packets are examined at both interfaces

• Disabled: The filter is not used

2. Select the Filter Operation Type.

• If set to Block, the bridge blocks enabled Ethernet Protocols listed in the Filter Table.

• If set to Passthru, only the enabled Ethernet Protocols listed in the Filter Table pass through the bridge.

3. Configure the Filter Table. See below.

NOTE: Entries must be enabled in order to be subject to the filter.

Add Entries to the Filter Table

1. Click Add Table Entries. You may add one of the supplied Ethernet Protocol Filters, or you may enter additional filters by specifying the appropriate parameters:

• To add one of the supplied Ethernet Protocol Filters to the filter table:

– Select the appropriate filter from the Specify Common Protocol drop-down menu. Protocol Name and

Protocol Number fields will be filled in automatically.

– Click Add

• To add a new filter to the filter table:

82

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

– Enter the Protocol Number. See http://www.iana.org/assignments/ethernet-numbers for a list of protocol numbers.

– Enter the Protocol Name.

– Click Add.

Edit/Delete Entries in the Filter Table

1. Click Edit and change the information, or select Enable, Disable, or Delete from the Status drop-down menu.

Static MAC Address Filtering

Overview

The Static MAC Address filter optimizes the performance of a wireless (and wired) network. When this feature is configured properly, the unit can block traffic between wired devices on the wired (Ethernet) interface and devices on the wireless interface based upon MAC address.

NOTE: The device on the wireless interface can be any device connected through the link, it can be directly connected to the Ethernet interface of the peer unit, or it can be attached through multiple hops. The only thing important is the

MAC address in the packets arriving at the wireless interface.

The filter is an advanced feature that lets you limit the data traffic between two specific devices (or between groups of devices based upon MAC addresses and masks through the wireless interface of the 5012-SUR. For example, if you have a server on your network with which you do not want wireless clients to communicate, you can set up a static MAC filter to block traffic between these devices. The Static MAC Filter Table performs bi-directional filtering. However, note that this is an advanced filter and it may be easier to control wireless traffic through other filter options, such as Protocol

Filtering.

Each MAC address or mask is comprised of 12 hexadecimal digits (0-9 and A-F) that correspond to a 48-bit identifier.

(Each hexadecimal digit represents 4 bits (0 or 1).

Taken together, a MAC address/mask pair specifies an address or a range of MAC addresses that the unit looks for when examining packets. The unit uses Boolean logic to perform an “and” operation between the MAC address and the mask at the bit level. However, for most users, you do not need to think in terms of bits. It should be sufficient to create a filter using only the hexadecimal digits 0 and F in the mask (where 0 is any value and F is the value specified in the MAC address). A mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 corresponds to all MAC addresses, and a mask of FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF applies only to the specified MAC address.

For example, if the MAC address is 00:20:A6:12:54:C3 and the mask is FF;FF;FF;00:00:00, the unit examines the source and destination addresses of each packet looking for any MAC address starting with 00:20:A6. If the mask is

FF;FF;FF;FF;FF;FF, the unit looks only for the specific MAC address (in this case, 00:20:A6:12:54:C3).

When creating a filter, you can configure the Wired parameters only, the Wireless parameters only, or both sets of parameters. Which parameters to configure depends upon the traffic that you want to block.

• To prevent all traffic from a specific wired MAC address from being forwarded to the wireless network, configure only the Wired MAC address and Wired mask (leave the Wireless MAC and Wireless mask set to all zeros).

• To prevent all traffic from a specific wireless MAC address from being forwarded to the wired network, configure only the Wireless MAC and Wireless mask (leave the Wired MAC address and Wired mask set to all zeros).

• To block traffic between a specific wired MAC address and a specific wireless MAC address, configure all four parameters.

See Static MAC Filter Examples for more detailed examples.

Static MAC Filter Examples

Consider a network that contains a wired server and three wireless clients. The MAC address for each unit is as follows:

83

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Wired Server: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A

Wireless Client 1: 00:02:2D:51:94:E4

Wireless Client 2: 00:02:2D:51:32:12

Wireless Client 3: 00:20:A6:12:4E:38

Prevent Two Specific Devices from Communicating

Configure the following settings to prevent the Wired Server and Wireless Client 1 from communicating:

Wired MAC Address: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A

Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF

Wireless MAC Address: 00:02:2D:51:94:E4

Wireless Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF

Result: Traffic between the Wired Server and Wireless Client 1 is blocked. Wireless Clients 2 and 3 still can

communicate with the Wired Server.

Prevent Multiple Wireless Devices From Communicating With a Single Wired Device

Configure the following settings to prevent Wireless Clients 1 and 2 from communicating with the Wired Server:

Wired MAC Address: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A

Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF

Wireless MAC Address: 00:02:2D:51:94:E4

Wireless Mask: FF:FF:FF:00:00:00

Result: When a logical “AND” is performed on the Wireless MAC Address and Wireless Mask, the result corresponds to

any MAC address beginning with the 00:20:2D prefix. Since Wireless Client 1 and Wireless Client 2 share the same prefix (00:02:2D), traffic between the Wired Server and Wireless Clients 1 and 2 is blocked. Wireless Client 3 can still communicate with the Wired Server since it has a different prefix (00:20:A6).

Prevent All Wireless Devices From Communicating With a Single Wired Device

Configure the following settings to prevent all three Wireless Clients from communicating with Wired Server:

Wired MAC Address: 00:40:F4:1C:DB:6A

Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF

Wireless MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00

Wireless Mask: 00:00:00:00:00:00

Result: The unit blocks all traffic between the Wired Server and all wireless clients.

Prevent A Wireless Device From Communicating With the Wired Network

Configure the following settings to prevent Wireless Client 3 from communicating with any device on the Ethernet:

Wired MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00

Wired Mask: 00:00:00:00:00:00

Wireless MAC Address: 00:20:A6:12:4E:38

Wireless Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF

Result: The unit blocks all traffic between Wireless Client 3 and the Ethernet network.

Prevent Messages Destined for a Specific Multicast Group from Being Forwarded to the Wireless LAN

If devices on your Ethernet network use multicast packets to communicate and these packets are not required by your wireless clients, you can set up a Static MAC filter to preserve wireless bandwidth. For example, if routers on your

84

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

network use a specific multicast address (such as 01:00:5E:00:32:4B) to exchange information, you can set up a filter to prevent these multicast packets from being forwarded to the wireless network:

Wired MAC Address: 01:00:5E:00:32:4B

Wired Mask: FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF

Wireless MAC Address: 00:00:00:00:00:00

Wireless Mask: 00:00:00:00:00:00

Result: The unit does not forward any packets that have a destination address of 01:00:5E:00:32:4B to the wireless

network.

Static MAC Filter Configuration

Click Configure > Filtering > Static MAC to access the Static MAC Address filter.

Add Entries to the Static MAC Filter Table

To add the entries to Filter table, click the Add Table Entries button.

The following fields are may be configured or viewed:

Wired MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of the device on the Ethernet network that you want to prevent from communicating with a device on the wireless network.

Wired Mask: Enter the appropriate bit mask to specify the range of MAC addresses to which this filter is to apply. To specify only the single MAC address you entered in the Wired MAC Address field, enter 00:00:00:00:00:00 (all zeroes).

Wireless MAC Address: Enter the MAC address of the wireless device on the wireless interface that you want to prevent from communicating with a device on the wired network.

85

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Wireless Mask: Enter the appropriate bit mask to specify the range of MAC addresses to which this filter is to apply.

To specify only the single MAC address you entered in the Wireless MAC Address field, enter 00:00:00:00:00:00 (all zeroes).

Comment: Enter related information.

Status: The Status field can show Enable, Disable, or Delete.

After entering the data, click the Add button. The entry is enabled automatically when saved.

Edit/Delete Entries to the Static MAC Filter Table

To edit an entry, click Edit. To disable or remove an entry, click Edit and change the Status field from Enable to Disable or Delete.

Storm Threshold

Click Configure > Filtering > Storm Threshold to use threshold limits to prevent broadcast/multicast overload.

Storm Threshold is an advanced Bridge setup option that you can use to protect the network against data overload by specifying:

• A maximum number of frames per second as received from a single network device (identified by its MAC address).

• An absolute maximum number of messages per port.

The Storm Threshold parameters let you specify a set of thresholds for each port of the 5012-SUR, identifying separate values for the number of broadcast messages per second and multicast messages per second.

When the number of frames for a port or identified station exceeds the maximum value per second, the 5012-SUR ignores all subsequent messages issued by the particular network device, or ignores all messages of that type.

The following parameters are configurable:

Per Address Threshold: Enter the maximum allowed number of packets per second.

Ethernet Threshold: Enter the maximum allowed number of packets per second.

Wireless Slot A Threshold: Enter the maximum allowed number of packets per second.

Broadcast Protocol Filtering

Click Configure> Filtering > Broadcast Protocol to deny specific IP broadcast, IPX broadcast, and multicast traffic.

86

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Click the Edit Table Entries button to display an editable window such as the following. You can configure whether this traffic must be blocked for Ethernet to wireless, wireless to Ethernet, or both.

IP Access Table Filtering

Click Configure > Filtering > IP Access Table to limit in-band management access to the IP addresses or range of IP addresses specified in the table.

For example, 172.17.23.0/255.255.255.0 allows access from all wireless stations with an IP address in the 172.17.23.xxx range.

This feature applies to all management services (SNMP, HTTP, and CLI), except for CLI management over the serial port.

To add an entry, click the Add Table Entries button, specify the IP address and mask of the wireless stations to which you want to grant access, and click Add.

87

Configuration

Filtering

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Add Entries to the IP Access Table

To add an entry, click the Add Table Entries button, specify the IP address and mask of the wireless stations to which you want to grant access, and click Add.

CAUTION: Ensure that the IP address of the management PC you use to manage the unit is within the first entry in the table, as this filter takes effect immediately. Otherwise, you will have locked yourself out.

If you do lock yourself out, you may try to give the PC the correct IP address for management; otherwise you must reset the unit via the CLI over the serial port.

Edit/Delete Entries in the IP Access Table

To edit or delete table entries, click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button, make your changes, and click OK.

88

Configuration

RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)

Routing Internet Protocol (RIP) is a dynamic routing protocol you can use to help automatically propagate routing table information between routers. The unit can be configured as RIPv1, RIPv2, RIPv1 compatible, or a combination of all three versions while operating in Routing mode. In general, the unit’s RIP module is based upon RFC 1389.

NOTE: The RIP tab is available for SUs in Routing mode only. RIP is configurable only when the unit is in Routing

Mode and Network Address Translation (NAT) is disabled.

Note the following:

• RIPv2 is enabled by default when routing mode is selected.

• You may turn RIP off by clearing the Enable RIP Interface check box for the Ethernet or the wireless interface. Any

RIP advertisements that are received on the designated interface are ignored. All other options on the page are dimmed.

• If the Enable RIP Interface check box is selected, the unit sends RIP requests and “listens” for RIP updates coming from RIP-enabled devices advertising on the network. You may configure the Receive field for RIPv1, RIPv2, or a combination of both. Although the unit receives and processes these updates, it does not further propagate these updates unless configured to advertise RIP. Again, you may configure the Advertize field for RIPv1, RIPv2, or a combination of both.

• The ability to enable or disable default route propagation is not user configurable. Once initialized, the unit uses its static default route and does not advertise this route in RIP updates. If another router on your network is configured to advertise its default route, this route overwrites the static default route configured on the unit. The unit then also propagates the new dynamic default route throughout the network.

Be aware that, once a dynamic default route is learned, it behaves just as any other dynamic route learned through RIP.

This means if the device sending the default route stops sending RIP updates, the default route times out and the unit has no default route to the network. Workarounds for this condition include rebooting or re-entering a static default route.

In general, the best approach is to disable the propagation of default routes on the other routers in your network unless you understand the risks.

The following table describes the properties and features of each version of RIP supported.

RIPv1

Broadcast

No Authentication

Class routing

Distance-vector protocol

Metric-Hops

RIPv2

Multicast

Authentication

Classless routing (VLSM)

Distance-vector protocol

Metric-Hops

Broadcast

RIPv1 Compatible

Authentication

Classless routing (VLSM)

Distance-vector protocol

Metric-Hops

89

Configuration

RIP Parameters (Routing Mode Only)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

RIPv1

Maximum Distance 15

IGP

RIPv2

Maximum Distance 15

IGP

RIPv1 Compatible

Maximum Distance 15

IGP

RIP Example

In the following example, assume that both the BSU and the SUs all are configured in Routing mode with RIP enabled to send and receive on both the Ethernet and Wireless interfaces. The network converges through updates until each unit has the following routing table:

RIP Notes

• Ensure that routers on the same physical network are configured to use the same version of RIP.

• Routing updates occur every 30 seconds. It may take up to 3 minutes for a route that has gone down to timeout in a routing table.

• RIP is limited to networks with 15 or fewer hops.

90

Configuration

NAT (Routing Mode Only)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

NAT (Routing Mode Only)

The NAT (Network Address Translation) feature lets hosts on the Ethernet side of the SU transparently access the public network through the BSU. All hosts in the private network can have simultaneous access to the public network.

NOTE: The NAT tab is available for SUs in Routing mode only. The SU supports NAPT (Network Address Port

Translation) where all private IP addresses are mapped to a single public IP address, and does not support Basic

NAT (where private IP addresses are mapped to a pool of public IP addresses).

Both dynamic mapping (allowing private hosts to access hosts in the public network) and static mapping (allowing public hosts to access hosts in the private network) are supported.

• In dynamic mapping, the SU maps the private IP addresses and its transport identifiers to transport identifiers of a single Public IP address as they originate sessions to the public network. This is used only for outbound access.

• Static mapping is used to provide inbound access. The SU maps a private IP address and its local port to a fixed public port of the global IP address. This is used to provide inbound access to a local server for hosts in the public network. Static port mapping allows only one server of a particular type. Up to 1000 ports (500 UDP and 500 TCP) are supported.

The following parameters are configurable:

NOTE: Changes to NAT parameters, including the NAT Static Port Mapping Table, require a reboot to take effect.

NOTE: When NAT is enabled, the DHCP Relay Agent feature is not supported (DHCP Relay Agent must be disabled before NAT is enabled) and RIP updates are not sent or received. You can configure a DHCP server to allocate

IP addresses to hosts on the Ethernet side of the SU/ BSU (see

DHCP Server

).

NAT Status: Enables or disables the NAT feature. NAT can be enabled only for SUs in Routing mode. The default is disabled.

NAT Static Bind Status: Enables or disables the NAT Static Bind status (static mapping) allowing public hosts to access hosts in a private network. The default is disabled.

Public IP Address: The NAT Public IP address is the wireless interface IP address.

NAT Static Port Mapping Table

Adding entries to the NAT Static Mapping Table lets configured hosts in a private address realm on the Ethernet side of the SU access hosts in the public network using Network Address Port Translation (NAPT). Up to 1000 entries can be configured (500 UDP ports and 500 TCP ports).

91

Configuration

NAT (Routing Mode Only)

Add Entries to the NAT Static Mapping Table

1. Click the Add Table Entries button.

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

2. Enter the following information, and click Add:

• Enter the Local IP Address of the host on the Ethernet side of the SU.

• Select the Port Type: TCP, UDP, or Both.

• Enter the Start Port and End Port.

Edit/Delete Entries in the NAT Static Mapping Table

1. Click the Edit/Delete Table Entries button.

2. Enter your changes. To delete an entry, click the Status drop-down box and select Delete. Then Click OK.

Supported Session Protocols

The NAT feature supports the following session protocols for both inbound and outbound access with the required support, applications, and limitations given in the following table.

Certain Internet applications require an Application Level Gateway (ALG) to provide the required transparency for an application running on a host in a private network to connect to its counterpart running on a host in the public network. An

ALG may interact with NAT to set up state information, use NAT state information, modify application specific payload and perform the tasks necessary to get the application running across address realms.

No more than one server of a particular type is supported within the private network behind the SU.

These VPN protocols are supported with their corresponding ALGs: IPsec, PPTP, L2TP.

The following session protocols are supported:

Protocol

ICMP

FTP

ICMP ALG

FTP ALG

Support Applications

Ping

File transfer

Limitations

92

Configuration

NAT (Routing Mode Only)

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Protocol

H.323

HTTP

TFTP

Telnet

CUSeeMe

IMAP

PNM

POP3

H.323 ALG

Support

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound and outbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Applications

Multimedia conferencing

Web browser

File transfer

Remote login

Video conferencing

Mail

Streaming media with

Real Player

E-mail

One user is allowed for video conferencing

Limitations

SMTP

RTSP Port mapping for inbound connection.

E-mail

ICQ

IRC

Port mapping for inbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound connection.

MSN

Messenger

Net2Phone

Port mapping for inbound and outbound connection.

Port mapping for inbound and outbound connection.

Pass Through IP Multicast

Stream works Port mapping for inbound connection.

Quake Port mapping for inbound connection.

Multicasting

Streaming video

Games

Mails with IP addresses of MTAs or using IP addresses in place of FQDN are not supported (requires SMTP

ALG).

Streaming audio/video with Quick Time and Real

Player

Chat and file transfer

Chat and file transfer

Conference and Share files with Net meeting

Voice communication

Each host using ICQ needs to be mapped for different ports.

Each host using IRC needs to be mapped for different ports.

Only one user is allowed for net meeting.

When a Quake server is configured within the private network behind a

SU, the SU cannot provide information about that server on the public network.

Also, certain Quake servers do not let multiple users log in using the same IP address, in which case only one

Quake user is allowed.

93

Monitoring

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

7

This section describes using the Web interface to obtain detailed information about the settings and performance of the

5012-SUR.

Click the Monitor button to access this information.

The following tabs appear in the Monitor section:

Wireless

ICMP

Per Station

Features

Link Test

Interfaces

IP ARP Table

IP Routes

Learn Table

RIP

NOTE: The RIP tab is relevant only in Routing mode.

Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click the Exit button to exit the application.

For an introduction to the basics of management, see

Basic Management

.

94

Monitoring

Wireless

Wireless

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

General

Click Monitor > General to monitor the general performance of the wireless interface.

WORP

Click Monitor > Wireless > WORP to monitor the performance of the WORP interface.

Possible values for the Registration Last Reason field are as follows:

• None (successful registration)

95

Monitoring

Wireless

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

• Maximum number of SUs reached

• Authentication failure

• Roaming

• No response from SU within the Registration Timeout Period

• Low Signal Quality

96

Monitoring

ICMP

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

ICMP

Click Monitor > ICMP to view the number of ICMP messages sent and received by the 5012-SUR. It includes ping,

route, and host unreachable messages.

97

Monitoring

Per Station

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Per Station

Click Monitor > Per Station to view station statistics. The SU Per Station tab contains Site Survey function. When Site

Survey is activated, the SU scans all the available channels and channel bandwidths, and collects information about all the BSUs on those channels/bandwidths.

98

Monitoring

Features

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Features

Click Monitor > Features to view the features supported on the unit.

NOTE: The 5012-SUR shows how many Ethernet hosts it supports on its Ethernet port as the “Max Users on Satellite” parameter.

99

Monitoring

Link Test

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Link Test

Click Monitor > Link Test to find out which wireless stations are in range and to check their link quality.

NOTE: Link Test requires Internet Explorer version 6.0 or later. Earlier versions do not support Link Test.

Link Test for the unit reports the Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) value in dB; the higher this number, the better the signal quality. Furthermore, it reports the signal level and noise level in dBm. The latter two are approximations of the level at which the unit receives the signal of the peer unit and the background noise.

• Clicking Explore from a BSU displays all its registered SUs.

• Clicking Explore from an SU displays only the BSU with which it is registered.

All stations displayed after “Explore” come up “Disabled.” Select a station by changing Disabled to Start and click the

Link Test button. You can change multiple stations to Start, but only the last station in the list is displayed as the remote

partner when you click the Link Test button.

The Link Test provides SNR, Signal, and Noise information for both, the local and the remote unit’s levels. Link Test stops when you close the Link Test page.

100

Monitoring

Interfaces

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Interfaces

Click Monitor > Interfaces to view detailed information about the IP-layer performance of the unit’s interfaces. There are two sub-tabs: Wireless and Ethernet. The following figures show both interfaces.

101

Monitoring

IP ARP Table

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

IP ARP Table

Click Monitor > IP ARP Table to view the mapping of the IP and MAC addresses of all radios registered at the 5012-

SUR. This information is based upon the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).

102

Monitoring

IP Routes

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

IP Routes

Click Monitor > IP Routes to view all active IP routes of the 5012-SUR. These can be either static or dynamic (obtained through RIP). This tab is available only in Routing mode, and you can add routes only when in Routing mode.

103

Monitoring

Learn Table

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Learn Table

Click Monitor > Learn Table to view all MAC addresses the 5012-SUR has detected on an interface. The Learn Table displays information relating to network bridging. It reports the MAC address for each node that the device has learned is on the network and the interface on which the node was detected. There can be up to 10,000 entries in the Learn Table.

This tab is only available in Bridge mode.

104

Monitoring

RIP

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

RIP

Click Monitor > RIP to view Routing Internet Protocol data for the Ethernet and Wireless interfaces.

105

Commands

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

8

This section describes the commands that you can issue with the Web Interface.

Click the Commands button to access available commands. See the following:

Download

Upload

Reboot the Unit

Reset

Help Link

Downgrade

Help and Exit buttons also appear on each page of the Web interface; click the Help button to access online help; click the Exit button to exit the application.

For an introduction to the basics of management, see

Basic Management

.

Download

Click Commands > Download to download configuration, image and license files to the unit via a TFTP server (see

TFTP Server Setup

for information about the SolarWinds TFTP server software located on your product installation CD).

The following parameters may be configured or viewed:

Server IP address: Enter the TFTP Server IP address.

File Name: Enter the name of the file to be downloaded. If you are using the SolarWinds TFTP server software located on your product installation CD, the default directory for downloading files is C:\TFTP-Root.

File Type: Choose either Config, image, BspBl, or license.

File Operation: Choose either Download or Download and Reboot.

Click OK to start the download.

106

Commands

Upload

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Upload

Click Commands > Upload to upload a configuration or log file from the unit to a TFTP server (see

TFTP Server Setup

for information about the SolarWinds TFTP server software located on your product installation CD).

The following parameters may be configured or viewed:

Server IP address: Enter the TFTP Server IP address.

File Name: Enter the name of the file to be uploaded. If you are using the SolarWinds TFTP server software located on your product installation CD, the default directory for uploading files is C:\TFTP-Root.

File Type: Choose either Config or Eventlog.

Click OK to start the upload.

107

Commands

Reboot the Unit

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Reboot the Unit

Click Commands > Reboot to reboot the embedded software of the 5012-SUR. Configuration changes are saved and the unit is reset.

CAUTION: Rebooting the unit causes all users currently connected to lose their connection to the network until the

5012-SUR has completed the reboot process and resumed operation.

108

Commands

Reset

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Reset

Click Commands > Reset to restore the configuration of the 5012-SUR to the factory default values.

You can also reset the 5012-SUR by pressing the RESET button located in the unit’s cable compartment. Because this resets the unit’s current IP address, a new IP address must be assigned.

CAUTION: Resetting the 5012-SUR to its factory default configuration permanently overwrites all changes made to the unit. The 5012-SUR reboots automatically after this command has been issued.

109

Commands

Help Link

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Help Link

Click Commands > Help Link to set the location of the help files of the Web Interface. Upon installation, the help files are installed in the C:\Program Files\Tsunami\MP.11 5012-SUR\Help folder.

If you want to place these files on a shared drive, copy the Help folder to the new location and specify the new path in the

Help Link box.

110

Commands

Downgrade

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Downgrade

Click Commands > Downgrade to downgrade to a previous release. Once you enter this command, the unit is downgraded to the specified release and is automatically rebooted. The filename specified and the filename of the image selected for downgrade must be the same version. The unit will download the file, re-format the configuration to match the version, and reboot to put the image into effect.

111

Procedures

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

9

This chapter describes the following procedures:

TFTP Server Setup : Prepares the TFTP server for transferring files to and from the 5012-SUR. This procedure is

used by the other procedures that transfer files.

Web Interface Image File Download : Upgrades the embedded software.

Configuration Backup : Saves the configuration of the 5012-SUR.

Configuration Restore

: Restores a previous configuration through configuration file download.

Soft Reset to Factory Default : Resets the 5012-SUR to the factory default settings through the Web or Command

Line Interface.

Hard Reset to Factory Default : In some cases, it may be necessary to revert to the factory default settings (for

example, if you cannot access the 5012-SUR or you lost the password for the Web Interface).

Forced Reload : Completely resets the 5012-SUR and erases the embedded software. Use this procedure only as a

last resort if the 5012-SUR does not boot and the “Hard Reset to Factory Default” procedure did not help. If you

perform a “Forced Reload,” you must download a new image file as described in Image File Download with the

Bootloader

.

Image File Download with the Bootloader : If the 5012-SUR does not contain embedded software, or the embedded

software is corrupt, you can use this procedure to download a new image file.

112

Procedures

TFTP Server Setup

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

TFTP Server Setup

A Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server lets you transfer files across a network. You can upload files from the unit for backup or copying, and you can download the files for configuration and image upgrades. The SolarWinds TFTP server software is located on the product installation CD, or can be downloaded from http://support.proxim.com

. You can also download the latest TFTP software from SolarWind’s Web site at http://www.solarwinds.net

. The instructions that

follow assume that you are using the SolarWinds TFTP server software; other TFTP servers may require different

configurations.

NOTE: If a TFTP server is not available in the network, you can perform similar file transfer operations using the HTTP interface.

To download or upload a file, you must connect to the computer with the TFTP server through the 5012-SUR’s Ethernet port. This can be any computer in the network or a computer connected to the 5012-SUR with a cross-over Ethernet cable. For information about installing the TFTP server, see

Step 8: Install Documentation and Software .

Ensure that:

1. The upload or download directory is correctly set (the default directory is C:\TFTP-Root).

2. The required image file is present in the directory.

3. The TFTP server is running. The TFTP server must be running only during file upload and download. You can check the connectivity between the 5012-SUR and the TFTP server by pinging the 5012-SUR from the computer that hosts the TFTP server. The ping program should show replies from the 5012-SUR.

4. The TFTP server is configured to both Transmit and Receive files (on the Security tab under File

> Configure), with no automatic shutdown or time-out (on the Auto-Close tab).

113

Procedures

Web Interface Image File Download

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Web Interface Image File Download

In some cases, it may be necessary to upgrade the embedded software of the 5012-SUR by downloading an image file.

To download an image file through the Web Interface:

1. Set up the TFTP server as described in

TFTP Server Setup .

2. Access the 5012-SUR as described in Setting the IP Address with ScanTool

.

3. Click Commands > Download.

4. Fill in the following details:

Server IP Address <IP address TFTP server>

File Name <image file name>

File Type Image

File Operation Download

5. Click OK to start the file transfer.

The 5012-SUR downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds.

When the download is complete, the 5012-SUR is ready to start the embedded software upon reboot.

114

Procedures

Configuration Backup

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Configuration Backup

You can back up the 5012-SUR configuration by uploading the configuration file. You can use this file to restore the configuration or to configure another 5012-SUR (see

Configuration Restore ).

To upload a configuration file through the Web Interface:

1. Set up the TFTP server as described in

TFTP Server Setup .

2. Access the 5012-SUR as described in Logging in to the Web Interface

.

3. Click Commands > Upload.

4. Fill in the following details:

Server IP Address <IP address TFTP server>

File Name <configuration file name>

File Type Config

File Operation Upload

5. Click OK to start the file transfer.

The 5012-SUR uploads the configuration file. The TFTP server program should show upload activity after a few seconds.

When the upload is complete, the configuration is backed up.

115

Procedures

Configuration Restore

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Configuration Restore

You can restore the configuration of the 5012-SUR by downloading a configuration file. The configuration file contains the configuration information of an 5012-SUR.

To download a configuration file through the Web Interface:

1. Set up the TFTP server as described in

TFTP Server Setup .

2. Access the 5012-SUR as described in Logging in to the Web Interface

.

3. Click Commands > Download.

4. Fill in the following details:

Server IP Address <IP address TFTP server>

File Name <configuration file name>

File Type Config

File Operation Download

• Click OK to start the file transfer.

The 5012-SUR downloads the configuration file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds. When the download is complete and the system rebooted, the configuration is restored.

116

Procedures

Soft Reset to Factory Default

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Soft Reset to Factory Default

If necessary, you can reset the 5012-SUR to the factory default settings. Resetting to default settings means that you must configure the 5012-SUR anew.

To reset to factory default settings using the Web Interface:

1. Click Commands > Reset.

2. Click the Reset to Factory Default button.

The device configuration parameter values are reset to their factory default values.

If you do not have access to the 5012-SUR, you can use the procedure described in Hard Reset to Factory Default below

as an alternative.

117

Procedures

Hard Reset to Factory Default

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Hard Reset to Factory Default

If you cannot access the unit or you have lost its password, you can reset the 5012-SUR to the factory default settings.

Resetting to default settings means you must configure the 5012-SUR anew.

To reset to factory default settings, press the Reload button in the unit’s cable compartment. The unit reboots and restores the factory default settings.

Reload

118

Procedures

Forced Reload

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Forced Reload

With Forced Reload, you reset the 5012-SUR to the factory default settings and erase the embedded software. Use this procedure only as last resort if the 5012-SUR does not boot and the

Hard Reset to Factory Default procedure did not

help. If you perform a Forced Reload, you must download a new image file with the Bootloader or ScanTool (see

Image

File Download with the Bootloader

and Image File Download with ScanTool below).

CAUTION: The following procedure erases the embedded software of the 5012-SUR. This software image must be reloaded through an Ethernet connection with a TFTP server. The image filename to be downloaded can be configured with ScanTool through the Ethernet interface to make the 5012-SUR functional again.

To do a forced reload:

1. Press the RESET button in the 5012-SUR unit’s cable compartment; the 5012-SUR resets and the LEDs flash.

2. Immediately press and hold the RELOAD button on the unit for about 20 seconds. Image and configuration are deleted from the unit.

3. Follow the procedure described in either Image File Download with the Bootloader

or Image File Download with

ScanTool

to download an image file.

119

Procedures

Image File Download with the Bootloader

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Image File Download with the Bootloader

The following procedures download an image file to the unit after the embedded software has been erased with

Forced

Reload or when the embedded software cannot be started by the Bootloader. A new image file can be downloaded to the

unit with ScanTool, or the Command Line Interface through the unit’s serial port. In both cases, the file is transferred through Ethernet with TFTP. Because the CLI serial port option requires a serial RS-232C cable, Proxim recommends the

ScanTool option.

Download with ScanTool

To download an image file with the ScanTool:

1. Set up the TFTP server as described in

TFTP Server Setup .

2. Download the latest software from http://support.proxim.com

.

3. Copy the latest software updates to your TFTP server’s root directory.

4. Run ScanTool on a computer that is connected to the same LAN subnet as the unit. ScanTool scans the subnet for units and displays the found units in the main window. If in

Forced Reload , ScanTool does not find the device until the

unit Bootloader times out from its default operation to download an image. Click Rescan to re-scan the subnet and update the display until the unit shows up in Bootloader mode.

5. Select the unit to which you want to download an image file and click Change.

6. Ensure that IP Address Type Static is selected and fill in the following details:

• Password

• IP Address and Subnet Mask of the unit.

TFTP Server IP Address and, if necessary, the Gateway IP Address of the TFTP server.

Image File Name of the file with the new image.

7. Click OK to start the file transfer.

The unit downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds. When the download is complete, the LED pattern should return to reboot state. The unit is ready to start the embedded software.

After a Forced Reload procedure, the unit returns to factory default settings and must be reconfigured. ScanTool can be used to set the system name and IP address.

To access the 5012-SUR see

Logging in to the Web Interface .

Download with CLI

To use the CLI through the serial port of the unit, you need a standard serial connector and an ASCII terminal program such as HyperTerminal. Proxim recommends you switch off the unit and the computer before connecting or disconnecting the serial RS-232C cable.

To download an image file:

1. Set up the TFTP server as described in

TFTP Server Setup .

2. Download the latest software from http://support.proxim.com

.

3. Copy the latest software updates to your TFTP server’s root directory.

4. Use a straight-through serial cable to connect the unit’s serial port to your computer’s serial port.

5. Start the terminal program (such as HyperTerminal), set the following connection properties, and then connect:

• Connect using: Com Port: <COM1, COM2, etc., depending on your computer>

• Port Settings:

– Baud rate: 9600

– Data Bits: 8

120

Procedures

Image File Download with the Bootloader

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

– Stop bits: 1

– Flow Control: None

– Parity: None

• Under File > Properties > Settings > ASCII Setup, enable the Send line ends with line feeds option.

6. Press the RESET button on the unit.

The terminal display shows Power On Self Tests (POST) activity. After approximately 30 seconds, a message indicates: Sending Traps to SNMP manager periodically. After this message appears, the bootloader prompt appears.

7. The command prompt is displayed; enter the following commands

:

set ipaddr <IP address nit> set ipsubmask <subnet mask> set ipaddrtype static set tftpipaddr <IP address TFTP server> set tftpfilename <image file name> set ipgw <gateway IP address> reboot

For example:

set ipaddr 10.0.0.12

set ipsubmask 255.255.255.0

set ipaddrtype static set tftpipaddr 10.0.0.20

set tftpfilename image.bin

set ipgw 10.0.0.30

reboot

The unit reboots and downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds. When the download is complete, the unit is ready for configuration.

After a Forced Reload procedure, the 5012-SUR returns to factory default settings and must be reconfigured. ScanTool can be used to set the system name and IP address.

To access the 5012-SUR see

Logging in to the Web Interface .

121

Procedures

Image File Download with ScanTool

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Image File Download with ScanTool

To download the image file, you will need an Ethernet connection to the computer on which the TFTP server resides and to a computer that is running ScanTool (this is either two separate computers connected to the same network or a single computer running both programs).

ScanTool detects if an unit does not have a valid software image installed. In this case, the TFTP Server and Image File

Name parameters are enabled in the ScanTool’s Change screen so you can download a new image to the unit. (These

fields are grayed out if ScanTool does not detect a software image problem.)

To download an image file with the ScanTool:

1. Set up the TFTP server as described in

TFTP Server Setup .

2. Download the latest software from http://support.proxim.com

.

3. Copy the latest software updates to your TFTP server’s root directory.

4. Launch ScanTool.

5. Select the unit to which you want to download an image file and click Change.

6. Ensure that IP Address Type Static is selected and fill in the following details:

IP Address of the unit

Subnet Mask of the unit

TFTP Server IP Address

Gateway IP Address of the TFTP server (if necessary)

Image File Name (including file extension) of the new image file

Password

7. Click OK to start the file transfer.

The unit downloads the image file. The TFTP server program should show download activity after a few seconds. When the download is complete, the LED pattern should return to reboot state. The unit is ready to start the embedded software.

After a Forced Reload procedure, the 5012-SUR returns to factory default settings and must be reconfigured. ScanTool can be used to set the system name and IP address.

To access the 5012-SUR see

Logging in to the Web Interface .

122

Troubleshooting

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

10

This chapter helps you to isolate and solve problems with your 5012-SUR. In the event this chapter does not provide a solution, or the solution does not solve your problem, check our support website at http://support.proxim.com.

Before you start troubleshooting, check the details in the product documentation. For details about RADIUS, TFTP, terminal and telnet programs, and Web browsers, refer to their appropriate documentation.

In some cases, rebooting the 5012-SUR clears the problem. If nothing else helps, consider a

Soft Reset to Factory

Default or a

Forced Reload

. The Forced Reload option requires you to download a new image file to the 5012-SUR.

See the following:

Connectivity Issues

Communication Issues

Setup and Configuration Issues

VLAN Operation Issues

Link Problems

Connectivity Issues

5012-SUR Does Not Boot

The 5012-SUR shows no activity (the power LED is off).

1. Ensure that the power supply is properly working and correctly connected.

2. Ensure that all cables are correctly connected.

3. Check the power source.

4. If you are using an Active Ethernet splitter, ensure that the voltage is correct.

Ethernet Link Does Not Work

1. First check the Ethernet LED:

• Solid Green or solid yellow: No traffic.

• Blinking Green or blinking yellow: Traffic.

2. Verify pass-through versus cross-over cable.

Cannot use the Web Interface

1. Open a command prompt window and enter ping <ip address unit> (for example ping 10.0.0.1). If the unit does not respond, make sure that you have the correct IP address.

If the unit responds, the Ethernet connection is working properly, continue with this procedure.

2. Ensure that you are using Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.0 or later (version 6.0 or later recommended) or Netscape 6.0 or later.

3. Ensure that you are not using a proxy server for the connection with your Web browser.

4. Ensure that you have not exceeded the maximum number of Web Interface or CLI sessions.

5. Double-check the physical network connections. Use a well-known unit to ensure the network connection is properly functioning.

6. Perform network infrastructure troubleshooting (check switches, routers, and so on).

123

Troubleshooting

Communication Issues

Communication Issues

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Two Units Are Unable to Communicate Wirelessly

If a wireless link is possible after testing two units within close distance of each other, then there are two possible reasons why wireless connectivity is not possible while the MP.11 units are at their desired locations:

There may be a problem in the RF path, for example, a bad connector attachment (this is the most common problem in installations) or a bad cable (water ingress).

NOTE: The cables can be swapped with known good ones as a temporary solution to verify cable quality.

Another reason may be related to an interference problem caused by a high signal level from another radio. This can be checked by changing the frequency and then verifying whether another channel works better or by changing the polarization as a way of avoiding the interfering signal. To know in advance how much interference is present in a given environment, a Spectrum Analyzer can be attached to a (temporary) antenna for measuring the signal levels on all available Channels.

NOTE: The antennas are usually not the problem, unless mounted upside down causing the drain hole to be quickly filled with radome.

If a wireless link is not possible after testing two units within close distance of each other, then the problem is either hardware or configuration related, such as a wrong Network name, Encryption key, Network Secret or Base Station

Name. To eliminate these issues from being a factor, resetting the both units to factory defaults is the recommended solution.

If a wireless link is not possible after resetting the units and verifying that one unit is a BSU with WORP Base interface configured and the other is a Satellite, then the problem is not configuration related and the only remaining reason is a possible hardware problem. Acquiring a third unit and then testing it amongst the existing units will help pinpoint the broken unit.

124

Troubleshooting

Setup and Configuration Issues

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Setup and Configuration Issues

The following issues relate to setup and configuration problems.

Lost Password

If you lost your password, you must reset the 5012-SUR to the default settings. See

Hard Reset to Factory Default . The

default password is public. If you record your password, keep it in a safe place.

The 5012-SUR Responds Slowly

If the 5012-SUR takes a long time to become available, it could mean that:

• No DHCP server is available.

• The IP address of the 5012-SUR is already in use.

Verify that the IP address is assigned only to the 5012-SUR. Do this by switching off the 5012-SUR and then pinging the IP address. If there is a response to the ping, another device in the network is using the same IP address. If the

5012-SUR uses a static IP address, switching to DHCP mode could remedy this problem. Also see

Setting the IP

Address with ScanTool

.

• There is too much network traffic.

TFTP Server Does Not Work

With TFTP, you can transfer files to and from the 5012-SUR. Also see

TFTP Server Setup . If a TFTP server is not

properly configured and running, you cannot upload and download files. The TFTP server:

• Can be situated either local or remote

• Must have a valid IP address

• Must be set for send and receive without time-out

• Must be running only during file upload and download

If the TFTP server does not upload or download files, it could mean:

• The TFTP server is not running

• The IP address of the TFTP server is invalid

• The upload or download directory is not correctly set

• The file name is not correct

Online Help Is Not Available

Online help is not available:

1. Make sure that the Help files are installed on your computer or server. Also see

Step 8: Install Documentation and

Software .

2. Verify whether the path of the help files in the Web Interface refers to the correct directory. See

Help Link

.

Changes Do Not Take Effect

Changes made in the Web Interface do not take effect:

1. Restart your Web browser.

2. Log into the radio unit again and make changes.

3. Reboot the radio unit when prompted to do so.

Wait until the reboot is completed before accessing the unit again.

125

Troubleshooting

VLAN Operation Issues

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

VLAN Operation Issues

The correct VLAN configuration can be verified by “pinging” wired hosts from both sides of the device and the network switch. Traffic can be “sniffed” on the wired (Ethernet) network. Packets generated by hosts and viewed on one of the backbones should contain IEEE 802.1Q compliant VLAN headers when in Transparent mode. The VLAN ID in the headers should correspond to one of the VLAN Management IDs configured for the unit in Trunk mode.

The correct VLAN assignment can be verified by pinging:

• The unit to ensure connectivity

• The switch to ensure VLAN properties

• Hosts past the switch to confirm the switch is functional

Ultimately, traffic can be “sniffed” on the Ethernet interface using third-party packages. Most problems can be avoided by ensuring that 802.1Q compliant VLAN tags containing the proper VLAN ID have been inserted in the bridged frames. The

VLAN ID in the header should correspond to the assigned VLAN.

What if network traffic is being directed to a nonexistent host?

• All sessions are disconnected, traffic is lost, and a manual override is necessary.

• Workaround: You can configure the switch to mimic the nonexistent host.

126

Troubleshooting

Link Problems

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Link Problems

While wireless networking emerges more and more, the number of wireless connections to networks grows every day.

The Tsunami MP.11 is one of the successful product families used by customers today who enjoy the day after day highspeed, cost-effective connections. To successfully use the connections, technicians must be able to troubleshoot the system effectively. This section gives hints on how an MP.11 network could be analyzed in the case of “no link,” a situation in which the customer thinks that the link is down because there is no traffic being passed.

The four general reasons that a wireless link may not work are related to:

• Hardware

• Configuration

• Path issues (such as distance, cable loss, obstacles)

• Environment (anything that is outside the equipment and not part of the path itself)

You have tested the equipment in the office and have verified that the hardware and configurations are sound. The path calculation has been reviewed, and the path has been double-checked for obstacles and canceling reflections. Still, the user reports that the link does not work.

Most likely, the problem reported is caused by the environment or by improper tests to verify the connection. This article assumes that the test method, cabling, antennas, and antenna alignment have been checked. Always do this before checking the environment.

General Check

Two general checks are recommended before taking any action:

• Check whether the software version at both sides is the most current

• Check for any reported alarm messages in the Event Log

Statistics Check

Interference and other negative environment factors always have an impact on the number of correctly received frames.

The Tsunami MP.11 models give detailed information about transmission errors in the Web interface, under Monitor.

The windows that are important for validating the health of the link are:

Monitor / Wireless / General (Lowest level of the wireless network): Check FCS errors: Rising FCS errors indicate interference or low fade margin. So does Failed count. If only one of those is high, this indicates that a source of interference is significant near one end of the link.

Monitor / Interfaces / Wireless (One level higher than Wireless / General): The information is given after the wireless Ethernet frame is converted into a normal Ethernet frame. The parameters shown are part of the MIB-II.

– Both operational and admin status should be up. An admin status of down indicates that the interface is configured to be down.

In Discards and Out Discards indicate overload of the buffers, likely caused by network traffic, which is too

heavy.

In Errors and Out Errors should never happen; however, it might happen if a frame’s FCS was correct while the

content was still invalid.

Monitor / Wireless / WORP (Statistics on WORP): WORP runs on top of normal Ethernet, which means that the

WORP frame is in fact the data field of the Ethernet frame. Send Failure or Send Retries must be low in comparison to Send Success. Low is about 1%. The same applies for Receive Success versus Receive Retries and Receive

Failures. Note that the Receive Failures and Retries can be inaccurate. A frame from the remote site might have

been transmitted without even being received; therefore, the count of that frame might not have been added to the statistics and the receiver simply could not know that there was a frame.

127

Troubleshooting

Link Problems

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Remote Partners indicates how many SUs are connected (in case of a BSU) or whether a Base is connected (in

case of a Subscriber).

Base Announces should increase continuously.

Registration Requests and Authentication Requests should be divisible by 3. WORP is designed in a way that

each registration sequence starts with 3 identical requests. It is not a problem if, once in a while, one of those requests is missing. Missing requests frequently is to be avoided.

Monitor / Per Station (Information per connected remote partner): Check that the received signal level (RSL) is the same on both sides; this should be the case if output power is the same. Two different RSLs indicate a broken transmitter or receiver. A significant difference between Local Noise and Remote Noise could indicate a source of interference near the site with the highest noise. Normally, noise is about –80 dBm at 36 Mbps. This number can vary from situation to situation, of course, also in a healthy environment.

Monitor / Link Test (Information used by Administrators for on-the-spot checking): Check the received signal level (RSL) and noise level. Compare the RSL with the values from path analysis. If the figures differ significantly from the values recorded at the Per Station window, check for environment conditions that change over time.

Analyzing the Spectrum

The ultimate way to discover whether there is a source of interference is to use a spectrum analyzer. Usually, the antenna is connected to the analyzer when measuring. By turning the antenna 360 degrees, one can check from which direction the interference is coming. The analyzer will also display the frequencies and the level of signal is detected.

Proxim recommends performing the test at various locations to find the most ideal location for the equipment.

Avoiding Interference

When a source of interference is identified and when the level and frequencies are known, the next step is to avoid the interference. Some of the following actions can be tried:

• Changing the channel to a frequency away from the interference is the first step in avoiding interference. The installer can select a DFS Preferred Channel.

• Each antenna has a polarization; try to change to a polarization different from the interferer.

• A small beam antenna looks only in one particular direction. Because of the higher gain of such an antenna, lowering the output power or adding extra attenuation might be required to stay legal. This solution cannot help when the source of interference is right behind the remote site.

• Lowering the antennas can help avoid seeing interference from far away.

Move the antennas to a different location on the premises. This causes the devices to look from a different angle, causing a different pattern in the reception of the signals. Use obstructions such as buildings, when possible, to shield from the interference.

Conclusion

A spectrum analyzer can be a great help to identify whether interference might be causing link problems on Tsunami

MP.11 systems.

Before checking for interference, the link should be verified by testing in an isolated environment, to make sure that hardware works and your configurations are correct. The path analysis, cabling and antennas should be checked as well.

Statistics in the web interface under Monitor tell if there is a link, if the link is healthy, and a continuous test can be done using the Link Test.

128

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country Codes and Channels

A

In the CLI and MIB browser, the country code is set using the string code, as shown in the following example.

Example: To set Taiwan as the country:

set syscountrycode TW

NOTE: Country code must be entered in capital letters.

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Country (Code)

Argentina (AR)

Frequency

Bands

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

DFS

No

Australia (AU)

Austria (AT)

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

No

Yes

20 MHz

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

56 (5280), 58 (5290),

60 (5300), 62 (5310),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

56 (5280), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295),

60 (5300), 61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315),

64 (5320), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

129

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Country (Code)

Belgium (BE)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Belize (BZ)

Bolivia (BO)

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

Brazil 5.8 GHz (B1) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz

Brunei

Darussalam (BN)

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

DFS

Yes

No

No

Yes

No

No

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),

161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),

165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),

161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),

165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),

161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),

165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),

161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),

165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

130

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Bulgaria (BG)

Canada (CA)

Canada DFS (C1) 5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Yes

China (CN)

Colombia (CO)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

DFS

Yes

No

No

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

20 MHz

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 100 (5500),

104 (5520), 108 (5540),

112 (5560), 116 (5580),

120 (5600), 124 (5620),

128 (5640), 132 (5660),

136 (5680), 140 (5700)

142 (5710)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 98 (5490),

100 (5500), 102 (5510),

104 (5520), 106 (5530),

108 (5540), 110 (5550),

112 (5560), 114 (5570),

116 (5580), 118 (5590),

120 (5600), 122 (5610),

124 (5620), 126 (5630),

128 (5640), 130 (5650),

132 (5660), 134 (5670),

136 (5680), 138 (5690),

140 (5700), 142 (5710)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 97 (5485),

98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500), 101 (5505),

102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520), 105 (5525),

106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540), 109 (5545),

110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560), 113 (5565),

114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580), 117 (5585),

118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600), 121 (5605),

122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620), 125 (5625),

126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640), 129 (5645),

130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660), 133 (5665),

134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680), 137 (5685),

138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700), 141 (5705),

142 (5710)

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),

161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),

165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

131

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Cyprus (CY)

Czech Republic

Denmark (DK)

Dominican

Republic (DO)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

DFS

Yes

Yes

Yes

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

132

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Country (Code)

Frequency

Bands

Estonia (EE) 5.47 GHz

France (FR) 5.47 - 5.725 GHz

- GHz

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

DFS

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

133

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Greece (GR)

Guatemala (GT)

Hong Kong (HK)

Hungary (HU)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

DFS

Yes

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

No

Yes

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

134

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Iceland (IS)

India (IN)

Iran (IR)

Ireland (IE)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Ireland 5.8 GHz (I1) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz

DFS

Yes

5.15 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

No

No

Yes

Yes

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

36 (5180), 40 (5200),

44 (5220), 48 (5240),

52 (5260), 56 (5280),

60 (5300), 64 (5320),

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

147 (5735), 151 (5755),

155 (5775), 167 (5835)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

36 (5180), 38 (5190),

40 (5200), 42 (5210),

44 (5220), 46 (5230),

48 (5240), 50 (5250),

52 (5260), 54 (5270),

56 (5280), 58 (5290),

60 (5300), 62 (5310),

64 (5320), 66 (5330),

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

145 (5725), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835),

169 (5845)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),

40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),

44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230), 47 (5235),

48 (5240), 49 (5245), 50 (5250), 51 (5255),

52 (5260), 53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275),

56 (5280), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295),

60 (5300), 61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315),

64 (5320), 65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335),

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800),

161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820),

165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

145 (5725), 146 (5730), 147 (5735), 148 (5740),

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835),

168 (5840), 169 (5845), 170 (5850)

135

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Italy (IT)

Japan (JP)

Japan2 (J2)

Korea

Republic (KR)

Korea

Republic2 (K2)

Latvia (LV)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 GHz

5.25 - 5.35 GHz

5.15 - 5.25 GHz

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

DFS

Yes

Yes

No

No

No

Yes

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320)

34 (5170), 38 (5190),

42 (5210), 46 (5230)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330)

32 (5160),34 (5170),

36 (5180), 38 (5190),

40 (5200), 42 (5210),

44 (5220), 46 (5230),

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335)

32 (5160), 33 (5165), 34 (5170), 35 (5175),

36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),

40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),

44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

136

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Country (Code)

Liechtenstein (LI)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

- GHz

Luxembourg (LU) 5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Macau (MO) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

DFS

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

137

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Malaysia (MY)

Frequency

Bands

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

DFS

No

Malta (MT)

Mexico (MX)

Netherlands (NL)

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

New Zealand (NZ) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz

Yes

No

Yes

No

20 MHz

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

5 MHz

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

138

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

North Korea (KP)

Norway (NO)

Panama (PA)

Philippines (PH)

Frequency

Bands

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

DFS

No

Yes

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

Yes

20 MHz

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

139

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Frequency

Bands

DFS

Yes

Puerto Rico (PR) 5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805), 165 (5825)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835)

140

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Country (Code)

Russia (RU)

Frequency

Bands

5.15 - 6.08 GHz

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

DFS

No

20 MHz

30 (5150), 34 (5170),

38 (5190), 42 (5210),

46 (5230), 50 (5250),

54 (5270), 58 (5290),

62 (5310), 66 (5330),

70 (5350), 74 (5370),

78 (5390), 82 (5410),

86 (5430), 90 (5450),

94 (5470), 98 (5490),

102 (5510), 106 (5530),

110 (5550), 114 (5570),

118 (5590), 122 (5610),

126 (5630), 130 (5650),

134 (5670), 138 (5690),

142 (5710), 146 (5730),

150 (5750), 154 (5770),

158 (5790), 162 (5810),

166 (5830), 170 (5850),

174 (5870), 178 (5890),

182 (5910), 186 (5930),

190 (5950), 194 (5970),

198 (5990), 202 (6010),

206 (6030), 210 (6060),

214 (6070)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

30 (5150), 32 (5160),

34 (5170), 36 (5180)

38 (5190), 40 (5200),

42 (5210), 44 (5220),

46 (5230), 48 (5240),

50 (5250), 52 (5260),

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 68 (5340),

70 (5350), 72 (5360),

74 (5370), 76 (5380),

78 (5390), 80 (5400),

82 (5410), 84 (5420),

86 (5430), 88 (5440),

90 (5450), 92 (5460),

94 (5470), 96 (5480),

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710), 144 (5720),

146 (5730), 148 (5740),

150 (5750), 152 (5760),

154 (5770), 156 (5780),

158 (5790), 160 (5800),

162 (5810), 164 (5820),

166 (5830), 168 (5840),

170 (5850), 172 (5860),

174 (5870), 176 (5880)

178 (5890), 180 (5900),

182 (5910), 184 (5920),

186 (5930), 188 (5940),

190 (5950), 192 (5960),

194 (5970), 196 (5980),

198 (5990), 200 (6000),

202 (6010), 204 (6020),

206 (6030), 208 (6040),

210 (6050), 212 (6060),

214 (6070)

5 MHz

30 (5150), 31 (5155), 32 (5160), 33 (5165),

34 (5170), 35 (5175), 36 (5180), 37 (5185),

38 (5190), 39 (5195), 40 (5200), 41 (5205),

42 (5210), 43 (5215), 44 (5220), 45 (5225),

46 (5230), 47 (5235), 48 (5240), 49 (5245),

50 (5250), 51 (5255), 52 (5260), 53 (5265),

54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280), 57 (5285),

58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300), 61 (5305),

62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320), 65 (5325),

66 (5330), 67 (5335), 68 (5340), 69 (5345),

70 (5350), 71 (5355), 72 (5360), 73 (5365),

74 (5370), 75 (5375), 76 (5380), 77 (5385),

78 (5390), 79 (5395), 80 (5400), 81 (5405),

82 (5410), 83 (5415), 84 (5420), 85 (5425),

86 (5430), 87 (5435), 88 (5440), 89 (5445),

90 (5450), 91 (5455), 92 (5460), 93 (5465),

94 (5470), 95 (5475), 96 (5480), 97 (5485),

98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500), 101 (5505),

102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520), 105 (5525),

106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540), 109 (5545),

110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560), 113 (5565),

114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580), 117 (5585),

118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600), 121 (5605),

122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620), 125 (5625),

126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640), 129 (5645),

130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660), 133 (5665),

134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680), 137 (5685),

138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700), 141 (5705),

142 (5710), 143 (5715), 144 (5720), 145 (5725),

146 (5730), 147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745),

150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765),

154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785),

158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805),

162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825),

166 (5830), 167 (5835), 168 (5840), 169 (5845),

170 (5850), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835), 168 (5840), 169 (5845), 170 (5850),

171 (5855), 172 (5860), 173 (5865), 174 (5870),

175 (5875), 176 (5880), 177 (5885), 178 (5890),

179 (5895), 180 (5900), 181 (5905), 182 (5910),

183 (5915), 184 (5920), 185 (5925), 186 (5930),

187 (5935), 188 (5940), 189 (5945), 190 (5950),

191 (5955), 192 (5960), 193 (5965), 194 (5970),

195 (5975), 196 (5980), 197 (5855), 198 (5990),

199 (5995), 200 (6000), 201 (6005), 202 (6010),

203 (6015), 204 (6020), 205 (6025), 206 (6030),

207 (6035), 208 (6040), 209 (6045), 210 (6050),

211 (6055), 212 (6060), 213 (6065), 214 (6070)

215 (6075)

141

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Frequency

Bands

Saudi Arabia (SA) 5.15 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

DFS

No

Singapore (SG)

Slovak

Republic (SK)

Slovenia (SI)

5.15 - 5.25 GHz and

5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Yes

Yes

20 MHz

36 (5180), 40 (5200),

44 (5220), 48 (5240),

52 (5260), 56 (5280),

60 (5300), 64 (5320),

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

36 (5180), 40 (5200),

44 (5220), 48 (5240),

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

36 (5180), 38 (5190),

40 (5200), 42 (5210),

44 (5220), 46 (5230),

48 (5240), 50 (5250),

52 (5260), 54 (5270),

56 (5280), 58 (5290),

60 (5300), 62 (5310),

64 (5320), 66 (5330),

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

36 (5180), 38 (5190),

40 (5200), 42 (5210),

44 (5220), 46 (5230),

48 (5240), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),

40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),

44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230), 47 (5235),

48 (5240), 49 (5245), 50 (5250), 51 (5255),

52 (5260), 53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275),

56 (5280), 57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295),

60 (5300), 61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315),

64 (5320), 65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335),

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

36 (5180), 37 (5185), 38 (5190), 39 (5195),

40 (5200), 41 (5205), 42 (5210), 43 (5215),

44 (5220), 45 (5225), 46 (5230), 47 (5235),

48 (5240), 147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745),

150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765),

154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785),

158 (5790), 159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805),

162 (5810), 163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825),

166 (5830), 167 (5835)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

142

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Country (Code)

South Africa (ZA)

Frequency

Bands

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Sweden (SE) 5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Switzerland (CH) 5.47 - 5.725 GHz

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

DFS

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

20 MHz

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

5 MHz

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

143

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

Taiwan (158)

Frequency

Bands

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

DFS

No

Thailand (TH)

United

Kingdom (GB)

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

United Kingdom 5.8 5.725 - 5.85 GHz

GHz (G1)

United States (US) 5.725 - 5.85 GHz

No

Yes

Yes

No

20 MHz

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 149 (5745),

153 (5765), 157 (5785),

161 (5805)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

100 (5500), 104 (5520),

108 (5540), 112 (5560),

116 (5580), 120 (5600),

124 (5620), 128 (5640),

132 (5660), 136 (5680),

140 (5700)

147 (5735), 151 (5755),

155 (5775), 167 (5835)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805),

165 (5825)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 159 (5795),

161 (5805), 163 (5815)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

98 (5490), 100 (5500),

102 (5510), 104 (5520),

106 (5530), 108 (5540),

110 (5550), 112 (5560),

114 (5570), 116 (5580),

118 (5590), 120 (5600),

122 (5610), 124 (5620),

126 (5630), 128 (5640),

130 (5650), 132 (5660),

134 (5670), 136 (5680),

138 (5690), 140 (5700),

142 (5710)

145 (5725), 147 (5735),

149 (5745), 151 (5755),

153 (5765), 155 (5775),

157 (5785), 163 (5815),

165 (5825), 167 (5835),

169 (5845)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815), 165 (5825),

167 (5835)

5 MHz

53 (5265), 54 (5270), 55 (5275), 56 (5280),

57 (5285), 58 (5290), 59 (5295), 60 (5300),

61 (5305), 62 (5310), 63 (5315), 64 (5320),

65 (5325), 66 (5330), 67 (5335), 147 (5735),

148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755),

152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775),

156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795),

160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810), 163 (5815)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

97 (5485), 98 (5490), 99 (5495), 100 (5500),

101 (5505), 102 (5510), 103 (5515), 104 (5520),

105 (5525), 106 (5530), 107 (5535), 108 (5540),

109 (5545), 110 (5550), 111 (5555), 112 (5560),

113 (5565), 114 (5570), 115 (5575), 116 (5580),

117 (5585), 118 (5590), 119 (5595), 120 (5600),

121 (5605), 122 (5610), 123 (5615), 124 (5620),

125 (5625), 126 (5630), 127 (5635), 128 (5640),

129 (5645), 130 (5650), 131 (5655), 132 (5660),

133 (5665), 134 (5670), 135 (5675), 136 (5680),

137 (5685), 138 (5690), 139 (5695), 140 (5700),

141 (5705), 142 (5710)

145 (5725), 146 (5730), 147 (5735), 148 (5740),

149 (5745), 150 (5750), 151 (5755), 152 (5760),

153 (5765), 154 (5770), 155 (5775), 156 (5780),

157 (5785), 158 (5790), 159 (5795), 163 (5815),

164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830), 167 (5835),

168 (5840), 169 (5845), 170 (5850)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815), 164 (5820), 165 (5825), 166 (5830),

167 (5835)

144

Country Codes and Channels

Channels/Frequencies by Country

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Country (Code)

United States

DFS (U1)

Frequency

Bands

5.25 - 5.35 GHz and

5.47 - 5.725 GHz

DFS

Yes

Uruguay (UY)

Venezuela (VE)

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

5.725 - 5.825 GHz

No

No

20 MHz

56 (5280), 60 (5300),

64 (5320), 100 (5500),

104 (5520), 108 (5540),

112 (5560), 116 (5580),

120 (5600), 124 (5620),

128 (5640), 132 (5660),

136 (5680), 140 (5700)

Allowed Channels (Center Freq)

10 MHz

54 (5270), 56 (5280),

58 (5290), 60 (5300),

62 (5310), 64 (5320),

66 (5330), 98 (5490),

100 (5500), 102 (5510),

104 (5520), 106 (5530),

108 (5540), 110 (5550),

112 (5560), 114 (5570),

116 (5580), 118 (5590),

120 (5600), 122 (5610),

124 (5620), 126 (5630),

128 (5640), 130 (5650),

132 (5660), 134 (5670),

136 (5680), 138 (5690),

140 (5700), 142 (5710)

NA

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

149 (5745), 153 (5765),

157 (5785), 161 (5805)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

147 (5735), 149 (5745),

151 (5755), 153 (5765),

5 MHz

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

147 (5735), 148 (5740), 149 (5745), 150 (5750),

151 (5755), 152 (5760), 153 (5765), 154 (5770),

155 (5775), 157 (5785),

159 (5795), 161 (5805),

163 (5815)

155 (5775), 156 (5780), 157 (5785), 158 (5790),

159 (5795), 160 (5800), 161 (5805), 162 (5810),

163 (5815)

145

Technical Specifications

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

B

See the following:

Part Numbers

Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges

18 dBi Integrated Antenna Specifications

Radio and Transmission Specifications

Transmit Power Settings

Receive Sensitivity

Management

Interfaces

Power Supply

LEDs

Software Features

Hardware Specifications

Physical and Environmental Specifications

MTBF and Warranty

Part Numbers

5012-SUR Units

Part Number

5012-SUR-US-xxx

5012-SUR-WD-xxx

Accessories

Part Number

1087-UMK

4301-xx

Description

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR 5 GHz, US/Canada

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR 5 GHz, World

Universal Pole Mounting Kit

1-Port Power Injector

Description

146

Technical Specifications

Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges

Region/Country

North America

EU Countries

Other European

Countries

USA

Country

Canada

Mexico

Austria

Belgium

Cyprus

Czech Republic

Denmark

Estonia

Finland

France

Germany

Greece

Hungary

Ireland

Italy

Latvia

Lithuania

Luxemburg

Malta

Netherlands

Poland

Portugal

Slovakia

Slovenia

Spain

Sweden

United Kingdom

Iceland

Liechtenstein

Norway

Russia

Switzerland

GHz

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.725 - 5.85

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.25 - 5.35

5.47 - 5.725

5.725 - 5.85

5.25 - 5.35

5.47 - 5.725

5.725 - 5.85

5.725 - 5.85

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.725 - 5.85

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.47 - 5.70

5.15 - 6.08

5.47 - 5.70

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 23

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

NA

NA

Number of Channels

5 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz

Up to 30

Up to 30

Up to 14

Up to 14

Up to 21

Up to 61

Up to 61

Up to 21

Up to 11

Up to 30

Up to 30

Up to 11

Up to 5

Up to 14

Up to 14

Up to 5

Up to 21

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 11

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 5

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 11

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 11

Up to 46

Up to 46

Up to 23

Up to 23

Up to 46 Up to 23

Up to 193 Up to 93

Up to 46 Up to 23

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 4

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 47

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 4

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 11

Certification

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes*

Yes*

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

147

Technical Specifications

18 dBi Integrated Antenna Specifications

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Regulatory Approval and Frequency Ranges

(continued)

Region/Country Country GHz

South America

APAC

Argentina

Brazil

Colombia

Australia

China

Hong Kong

India

New Zealand

S. Korea

Singapore

Taiwan

5.25 - 5.35

5.725 - 5.85

5.47 - 5.70

5.725 - 5.85

5.25 - 5.35

5.725 - 5.85

5.725 - 5.85

5.725 - 5.85

5.725 - 5.85

5.15 - 5.35

5.725 - 5.85

5.725 - 5.85

5.725 - 5.85

5.15 - 5.25

5.725 - 5.85

5.25 - 5.35

5.725 - 5.85

Number of Channels

5 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz

Up to 9

Up to 19

Up to 46

Up to 19

Up to 5

Up to 10

Up to 23

Up to 10

Up to 3

Up to 5

Up to 11

Up to 5

Up to 15

Up to 21

Up to 21

Up to 17

Up to 21

Up to 32

Up to 28

Up to 21

Up to 17

Up to 13

Up to 17

Up to 15

Up to 17

Up to 7

Up to 11

Up to 11

Up to 9

Up to 11

Up to 16

Up to 14

Up to 11

Up to 9

Up to 7

Up to 9

Up to 7

Up to 9

Up to 3

Up to 5

Up to 5

Up to 5

Up to 5

Up to 8

Up to 7

Up to 5

Up to 5

Up to 4

Up to 5

Up to 3

Up to 5

Certification

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

In Process

Yes

* FCC DFS in process.

† IC DFS in process.

18 dBi Integrated Antenna Specifications

Feature

Frequency Range

Nominal Impedance

5150 MHz - 5874 MHz

50 ohms

Gain 18

Polarization

Front-to-Back Ratio

Downtilt

Linear, vertical

24 dB

0 degrees

Specification

HPBW/horizontal

Power Handling

VSWR

Cable

Connector

Standard Compliance

16 degrees

6 W (cw)

2.3 : 1 Max

ULA 316, 20 cm

R/A ACX

ETSI EN 302 085

V1.1.2 TSI-TS2

Radio and Transmission Specifications

Category

Modulation Method OFDM

Specification

148

Technical Specifications

Transmit Power Settings

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Category Specification

Radio Speeds 54, 48, 36, 24, 18, 12, 9, 6

Over-the-Air Throughput Maximum 12 Mbps

Transmit Power Settings

• Output Power Attenuation: 0 – 18dB, in 1 dB steps

• Output Power Values will have a tolerance of +/-1.5 dB

• Total EIRP must be calculated based on integrated 18 dBi antenna gain

Frequency 6-24 Mbps @ 20 MHz

16QAM ½; QPSK ¾;

QPSK ½; BPSK ¾;

BPSK ½

5.250 – 5.350 GHz 18 dBm

5.470 – 5.700 GHz 18 dBm

5.725 – 5.850 GHz 18 dBm

36 Mbps @ 20 MHz

16QAM ¾

18 dBm

18 dBm

18 dBm

48 Mbps @ 20 MHz

64QAM ½

17 dBm

17 dBm

17 dBm

54 Mbps @ 20 MHz

64QAM ¾

16 dBm

16 dBm

16 dBm

Receive Sensitivity

NOTE: Rx Sensitivity values will have a tolerance of +/- 2 dB.

54 Mbps

-69 dBm

48 Mbps

-73 dBm

36 Mbps

-77 dBm

24 Mbps

-81 dBm

18 Mbps

-84 dBm

12 Mbps

-87 dBm

9 Mbps

-88 dBm

6 Mbps

-89 dBm

Maximum Throughput

NOTE: Actual throughput performance in the field may vary.

Data Rate

12 Mbps

9 Mbps

6 Mbps

4.5 Mbps

3 Mbps

20 MHz Channels 10 MHz Channels 5 MHz Channels

9 Mbps 9 Mbps 8 Mbps

7 Mbps

5 Mbps

7 Mbps

5 Mbps

7 Mbps

5 Mbps

4 Mbps

2 Mbps

3 Mbps

2 Mbps

Management

Local

Remote

SNMP

Category Specification

RS-232 serial (RJ-11 and DB-9)

Web GUI, Telnet, TFTP

SNMPv1/v2; MIB-II; Ethernet-like MIB; BridgeMIB;

802.3MAU;802.11 MIB; Private MIB; ORiNOCO MIB; RFC

1157; RFC 1213; RFC 1643; RFC 1493; RFC 2668

149

Technical Specifications

Interfaces

Interfaces

Category

Wired Ethernet

RS-232

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Specification

Wired Ethernet 10/100Base-TX Ethernet (RJ-45)

Serial connector

Power Supply

Category

Power-over-Ethernet

Specification

Via RJ-45 Ethernet interface port 802.3af compliant

LEDs

Types

Category Specification

Power

Radio Activity

Ethernet Activity

Software Features

Category

Key Features

Bridging and Routing

Filtering

Specification

• WORP protocol

• Dynamic Data Rate Selection (Configured on BSU)

• Transmit Power Control

• Antenna Alignment

• Integrity Check for Software Upload

• Mobility with Auto-scanning

• QoS Support; up to 8 classes of service, up to 8 service flows per class (BSU only)

• Satellite Density

• Enhanced Dynamic Frequency Selection (Configured on BSU)

• Redundancy

• Spanning Tree (802.1D)

• Bridge (802.1d)

• IP/ RIPv1 (RFC 1058)

• IP/ RIPv2 (RFC 1388)

• CIDR (RFC 1519)

• ICMP (RFC 792)

• IP (RFC 791)

• ARP (RFC 826)

• Ethernet protocol (Ethertype)

• Static MAC

• Storm threshold

• IP address

• Broadcast protocol

• Intra Cell Blocking (Configured on BSU)

150

Technical Specifications

Hardware Specifications

Services

Category

VLAN

Security Features

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

• DHCP Server (RFC 2131)

• DHCP Client (RFC 2131)

• Bi-Directional Bandwidth Control

• NAT (RFC 3022) (Configured on SU)

• DHCP Relay (RFC 2131) (Configured on SU)

• 802.1Q (Configured on BSU)

Specification

• Critical feature support via WORP for secure long-range wireless deployments in unlicensed frequency spectrum

• MD5 (embedded in WORP) authentication between BSU and SU

• Filter based on packet information such as unicast/multicast/ broadcast MAC or IP

• MAC Authentication (Configured on BSU)

• Secure “over the air encryption” with WEP, WEP+, and AES, and AES-CCB

• RADIUS MAC Access Control (Configured on BSU)

• RADIUS (RFC 2138)

• Intra-cell blocking to allow the BSU to act as the central policy enforcer for SU to SU communications

Hardware Specifications

Radio

Chipset

Category

Clock Speed

Memory

Input Power

Specification

On-board 5 GHz radio

Atheros AR5312 APoC controller and Atheros AR5112 radio

RealTek 10/100 Ethernet chip

220 MHz

Flash: 4 MB

RAM: 32 MB

IEEE 802.3af Power-Over-Ethernet

Physical and Environmental Specifications

Physical

Category Specification

Dimensions (H x W x L) 4.0 x 8.5 x 10.2 inches (98 x 215 x 259 mm)

Weight 2.4 lbs (1.02 kg)

Environmental

Storage Temperature -44°C to 80°C

Operating Temperature -33°C to 60°C

Humidity 100% (non-condensing)

MTBF and Warranty

MTBF

Warranty

Category

>100,000 hours

1 year parts and labor

Specification

151

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Technical Services and Support

C

Obtaining Technical Services and Support

If you are having trouble utilizing your Proxim product, please review this manual and the additional documentation provided with your product.

If you require additional support and would like to use Proxim’s free Technical Service to help resolve your issue, please be ready to provide the following information before you contact Proxim’s Technical Services:

Product information:

– Part number of suspected faulty unit

– Serial number of suspected faulty unit

Trouble/error information:

– Trouble/symptom being experienced

– Activities completed to confirm fault

– Network information (what kind of network are you using?)

– Circumstances that preceded or led up to the error

– Message or alarms viewed

– Steps taken to reproduce the problem

Servpak information (if a Servpak customer):

– Servpak account number

Registration information:

– If the product is not registered, date when you purchased the product

– If the product is not registered, location where you purchased the product

NOTE: If you would like to register your product now, visit the Proxim eService Web Site at

http://support.proxim.com

and click on New Product Registration.

152

Technical Services and Support

Support Options

Support Options

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

Proxim eService Web Site Support

The Proxim eService Web site is available 7x24x365 at http://support.proxim.com

.

On the Proxim eService Web Site, you can access the following services:

New Product Registration: Register your product for free support.

Open a Ticket or RMA: Open a ticket or RMA and receive an immediate reply.

Search Knowledgebase: Locate white papers, software upgrades, and technical information.

ServPak (Service Packages): Receive Advanced Replacement, Extended Warranty, 7x24x365 Technical Support,

Priority Queuing, and On-Site Support.

Your Stuff: Track status of your tickets or RMAs and receive product update notifications.

Provide Feedback: Submit suggestions or other types of feedback.

Customer Survey: Submit an On-Line Customer Survey response.

Repair Tune-Up: Have your existing Proxim equipment inspected, tested, and upgraded to current S/W and H/W revisions, and extend your warranty for another year.

Telephone Support

Contact technical support via telephone as follows:

Domestic: 866-674-6626

International: +1-408-542-5390

Hours of Operation

North America: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST, Monday through Friday

EMEA: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. GMT, Monday through Friday

ServPak Support

Proxim understands that service and support requirements vary from customer to customer. It is our mission to offer service and support options that go above-and-beyond normal warranties to allow you the flexibility to provide the quality of service that your networks demand.

In recognition of these varying requirements we have developed a support program called ServPak. ServPak is a program of Enhanced Service Options that can be purchased individually or in combinations to meet your needs.

Advanced Replacement: This service offers customers an advance replacement of refurbished or new hardware.

(Available in the U.S., Canada, and select countries. Please inquire with your authorized Proxim distributor for availability in your country.)

Extended Warranty: This service provides unlimited repair of your Proxim hardware for the life of the service contract.

7x24x365 Technical Support: This service provides unlimited, direct access to Proxim’s world-class technical support 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.

Priority Queuing: This service allows your product issue to be routed to the next available Customer Service

Engineer.

To purchase ServPak support services, please contact your authorized Proxim distributor. To receive more information or for questions on any of the available ServPak support options, please call Proxim Support at +1-408-542-5390 or send an email to [email protected]

.

153

Statement of Warranty

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

D

Warranty Coverage

Proxim Wireless Corporation warrants that its Products are manufactured solely from new parts, conform substantially to specifications, and will be free of defects in material and workmanship for a Warranty Period of 1 year from the date of purchase.

Repair or Replacement

In the event a Product fails to perform in accordance with its specification during the Warranty Period, Proxim offers return-to-factory repair or replacement, with a thirty (30) business-day turnaround from the date of receipt of the defective Product at a Proxim Wireless Corporation Repair Center. When Proxim Wireless has reasonably determined that a returned Product is defective and is still under Warranty, Proxim Wireless shall, at its option, either: (a) repair the defective Product; (b) replace the defective Product with a refurbished Product that is equivalent to the original; or (c) where repair or replacement cannot be accomplished, refund the price paid for the defective Product. The Warranty

Period for repaired or replacement Products shall be ninety (90) days or the remainder of the original Warranty Period, whichever is longer. This constitutes Buyer’s sole and exclusive remedy and Proxim Wireless’s sole and exclusive liability under this Warranty.

Limitations of Warranty

The express warranties set forth in this Agreement will not apply to defects in a Product caused; (i) through no fault of

Proxim Wireless during shipment to or from Buyer, (ii) by the use of software other than that provided with or installed in the Product, (iii) by the use or operation of the Product in an application or environment other than that intended or recommended by Proxim Wireless, (iv) by modifications, alterations, or repairs made to the Product by any party other than Proxim Wireless or Proxim Wireless’s authorized repair partners, (v) by the Product being subjected to unusual physical or electrical stress, or (vii) by failure of Buyer to comply with any of the return procedures specified in this

Statement of Warranty.

Support Procedures

Buyer should return defective LAN

1

Products within the first 30 days to the merchant from which the Products were purchased. Buyer can contact a Proxim Wireless Customer Service Center either by telephone or via web. Calls for support for Products that are near the end of their warranty period should be made not longer than seven (7) days after expiration of warranty. Repair of Products that are out of warranty will be subject to a repair fee. Contact information is shown below. Additional support information can be found at Proxim Wireless’s web site at http://support.proxim.com

.

Domestic: 866-674-6626

International: +1-408-542-5390

Hours of Operation

North America: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. PST, Monday through Friday

EMEA: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. GMT, Monday through Friday

When contacting the Customer Service for support, Buyer should be prepared to provide the Product description and serial number and a description of the problem. The serial number should be on the product.

In the event the Customer Service Center determines that the problem can be corrected with a software update, Buyer might be instructed to download the update from Proxim Wireless’s web site or, if that’s not possible, the update will be sent to Buyer. In the event the Customer Service Center instructs Buyer to return the Product to Proxim Wireless for

1. LAN products include: ORiNOCO™

154

Statement of Warranty

Other Information

Tsunami MP.11 5012-SUR Installation and Management

repair or replacement, the Customer Service Center will provide Buyer a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) number and shipping instructions. Buyer must return the defective Product to Proxim Wireless, properly packaged to prevent damage, shipping prepaid, with the RMA number prominently displayed on the outside of the container.

Calls to the Customer Service Center for reasons other than Product failure will not be accepted unless Buyer has purchased a Proxim Wireless Service Contract or the call is made within the first thirty (30) days of the Product’s invoice date. Calls that are outside of the 30-day free support time will be charged a fee of $25.00 (US Dollars) per Support Call.

If Proxim Wireless reasonably determines that a returned Product is not defective or is not covered by the terms of this Warranty, Buyer shall be charged a service charge and return shipping charges.

Other Information

Search Knowledgebase

Proxim Wireless stores all resolved problems in a solution database at the following URL: http://support.proxim.com

.

Ask a Question or Open an Issue

Submit a question or open an issue to Proxim Wireless technical support staff at the following URL: http:// support.proxim.com/cgi-bin/proxim.cfg/php/enduser/ask.php

.

Other Adapter Cards

Proxim Wireless does not support internal mini-PCI devices that are built into laptop computers, even if identified as

"ORiNOCO" devices. Customers having such devices should contact the laptop vendor's technical support for assistance.

For support for a PCMCIA card carrying a brand name other than Proxim, ORiNOCO, Lucent, Wavelan, or Skyline,

Customer should contact the brand vendor's technical support for assistance.

155

advertisement

Was this manual useful for you? Yes No
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents